Page 1
London School of Economics and Political
Science
Aspects of Multinational Enterprises in the Global
Economy:
Location, Organisation and Impact
Andrea Ascani
A thesis submitted to the Department of Geography & Environment of the London School of Economics for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, London, July 2015.
Page 2
2
Declaration
I certify that the thesis I have presented for examination for the MPhil/PhD
degree of the London School of Economics and Political Science is solely my own
work other than where I have clearly indicated that it is the work of others (in
which case the extent of any work carried out jointly by me and any other person
is clearly identified in it).
The copyright of this thesis rests with the author. Quotation from it is
permitted, provided that full acknowledgement is made. This thesis may not be
reproduced without my prior written consent.
I warrant that this authorisation does not, to the best of my belief, infringe the
rights of any third party.
I declare that my thesis consists of 51,901 words.
Statement of conjoint work
I confirm that Chapters 1, 2 and 3 were jointly co-authored with Professor
Iammarino and Dr Crescenzi. I contributed 50% of the work in Chapters 1 and 2,
and 66% in Chapter 3.
I also confirm that Chapter 5 was jointly co-authored with Dr Gagliardi and I
contributed to 50% of this work.
London, 15th July 2015
Andrea Ascani
Page 3
3
Abstract
The role played by Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) in the global
economy is becoming increasingly relevant as they shape sectorial,
regional and national trajectories of economic development through their
cross-border activities and behaviour. This thesis investigates how the
characteristics of MNEs, their activities and location-specific attributes
interact with each other and shape both behaviour and choices of MNEs
and the impact of foreign direct investment (FDI). The thesis is
structured into a general Introduction, aimed at guiding the reader
throughout the thesis and providing a broad conceptual framework, and
three analytical Parts focusing on (i) MNE greenfield investment location
strategies, (ii) MNE selection decisions in cross-border acquisitions and
(iii) impact of MNE operations on host regions.
In Part I, the location behaviour of MNEs, in the light of the
specificities of the recipient economies, is carefully analysed. In
particular, the three Chapters of Part I investigate the location behaviour
of European MNEs in a set of European Union (EU) neighbouring
countries over the period 2003-2008, by focusing on different aspects of
location strategies. In Chapter 1, an initial descriptive analysis is
produced in order to account for the general determinants of MNE
location behaviour. This chapter, therefore, offers a quantitative
assessment of the main drivers of FDI in the EU neighbourhood and it
also explores sectorial and functional dynamics. Chapter 2 deepens the
study of MNE location behaviour by developing both a quantitative and a
qualitative analysis of FDI determinants based on the experience of
Italian MNEs operating in the EU neighbourhood. This mixed-methods
approach allows integrating the general insights emerging from the
analysis of the broad group of Italian investors with the in-depth case
studies of two specific large Italian MNEs with a strong presence in EU
Page 4
4
neighbouring countries in recent years. Subsequently, in Chapter 3,
particular attention is devoted to the empirical analysis of the spatial
distribution of MNE activities in relation to differences in terms of
economic institutions of the host locations. This specific line of research
is based on an innovative quantitative approach to the study of MNE
location strategies in terms of greenfield FDI in the sample of
neighbouring countries of the EU. In particular, Chapter 3 focuses on the
heterogeneous location strategies of MNEs with respect to location
attributes. Overall, the main findings of Part I of the thesis not only
suggest that the traditional drivers of FDI emphasised in the existing
literature, such as market access and cost-saving factors, still represent
relevant elements for MNE behaviour, but it is also highlighted that MNE
specificities are crucial to understand investment choices and that
industry-wide differences can influence both entry modes and the
location decisions of MNEs. The most innovative contribution of Part I,
however, is related to Chapter 3, where the quantitative analysis of MNE
location behaviour by means of Mixed Logit models suggests that MNEs
have heterogeneous preferences with respect to location characteristics,
especially economic institutions. This indicates that MNE strategies are
highly diverse and the previous quantitative literature may have
underestimated the complexity of the interaction between MNEs
characteristics and location attributes.
After exploring the determinants of MNE location strategies, Part II of
the thesis aims at studying the selection decisions of MNEs engaging in
cross-border acquisitions. This represents a very novel area of enquiry
and the objective of Chapter 4 is to quantitatively assess the relevance of
target firms’ attributes in shaping MNE acquisition choices in the
framework of their international organisation of production. In
particular, the aim of this Chapter is to assess whether acquisition
decisions are associated to the search of strategic assets or to market
access considerations. Results suggest that, in the sample of EU15 firms
Page 5
5
under analysis in the period 1997-2013, the latter motivation tends to be
more relevant. This is in line with market access motives operating at the
firm level, differently from other studies on FDI and acquisitions focusing
on the industry- or country-wide level of analysis. Evidence in favour of
strategic-asset seeking strategies of MNEs acquiring European firms,
instead, remains weak. Therefore, this Chapter highlights that domestic
firms engaging in the generation of successful business linkages within
or across national markets can represent a valuable target for MNE
cross-border acquisition decisions.
Finally, building on the previous sections on the determinants of
location choices and selection patterns in cross-border takeovers, Part III
of the thesis focuses on the impact of FDI on recipient areas in terms of
their innovation potential. Chapter 5 is developed as a quantitative
analysis with the specific objective of isolating the causal effect of MNE
operations on the innovative performance of host regions. This is
investigated by employing NUTS-3 level data on Italy for the period 2001-
2006. The empirical analysis is supported by the implementation of an
Instrumental Variable (IV) strategy in order to tackle potential
endogeneity bias in the estimation of FDI-induced spillovers. This
Chapter contributes to the existing debate by focusing on the
geographical level of FDI externalities, whereas the great majority of past
studies mainly investigate industry-wide effects. Results suggest that the
presence of FDI in a location contributes to fostering the innovative
performance of the local economy. Therefore, MNEs can be seen as
carriers of superior knowledge and new organisational practices that spill
over space to the benefit of domestic firms. In a policy-making
perspective, this provides a clear rationale for the attraction of FDI as an
international channel for knowledge sourcing.
The three Parts of the thesis are strongly complementary as the
strategies of MNEs in Part I and II in terms of FDI (i.e. greenfield and
acquisitions) are integrated with an assessment of the impact that
Page 6
6
corporate activities have on recipient economies in Part III. Although the
broad conceptual background to the work as a whole is provided in the
general Introduction of the thesis, each Chapter has a section devoted to
a dedicated and specific review of the literature. Moreover, the thesis also
contains an acknowledgement of the limitations of the study, which is
provided in the concluding sections of each Chapter, as well as a
discussion of the contributions and implications that the analyses
developed in the various Chapters have for academic research and
policy-making.
Page 7
7
Contents
Contents......................................................................................... 7
List of Tables ................................................................................ 10
List of figures ............................................................................... 12
Acknowledgements ....................................................................... 13
Introduction ................................................................................. 15
I. Overview ....................................................................................... 15
II. Broad conceptual framework ........................................................ 16
III. Aim and structure of the thesis ................................................... 20
Part I - MNE location strategies ....................................................... 21
Part II – Selection patterns in cross-border acquisitions .................... 23
Part III – The impact of FDI on recipient economies .......................... 23
IV. Concluding remarks .................................................................... 24
Part I: MNE Location Strategies .................................................... 27
Chapter 1 - The geography of foreign investments in the EU Neighbourhood ............................................................................. 28
1.1 Introduction ............................................................................. 28
1.2 Literature background: the drivers of FDI into the EU
neighbourhood ................................................................................. 30
1.3 Stylised facts on FDI in the EU neighbourhood ........................ 33
1.4 FDI in the EU neighbourhood: methodology ............................. 36
1.5 Results .................................................................................... 39
1.6 Conclusions ............................................................................. 44
Appendix A....................................................................................... 53
Chapter 2 – What drives European multinationals to the EU neighbouring countries? A mixed methods analysis of Italian
investment strategies ................................................................... 54
2.1 Introduction ............................................................................. 54
2.2 Italian Foreign Investments in EU New Member States and Neighbouring Countries ................................................................... 58
2.3 Quantitative analysis ............................................................... 62
2.3.1 Empirical model and data..................................................... 62
Page 8
8
2.4 Results and discussion ............................................................ 66
2.5 Qualitative analysis ................................................................. 69
2.5.1 MNEs profiles ....................................................................... 69
2.5.2 Analysis of the interviews with executives ............................. 72
2.6 Conclusions ............................................................................. 78
Appendix B ...................................................................................... 86
Chapter 3 – Economic Institutions and the Location Strategies of
European Multinationals in their Geographical Neighbourhood ..... 88
3.1 Introduction ............................................................................... 88
3.2 MNEs location strategies, host economy advantages and institutional conditions .................................................................... 91
3.2.1 MNEs and host economy advantages .................................... 91
3.2.2 Economic institutions and MNEs investments ...................... 94
3.3 Data ........................................................................................ 99
3.3.1 MNE Investment ................................................................... 99
3.3.2 Institutional Conditions .......................................................101
3.3.3 Other location drivers ..........................................................103
3.4 Methodology ...........................................................................106
3.4.1 Capturing MNEs heterogeneous preferences for economic institutions: Mixed Logit Models ...................................................106
3.5 Empirical Results ...................................................................109
3.5.1 Baseline results ...................................................................109
3.5.2 Preference heterogeneity ......................................................111
3.6 Conclusions ............................................................................118
Appendix C .....................................................................................131
Part II: Selection Patterns in Cross-border Acquisitions ...............134
Chapter 4 – Cross-border acquisitions and patterns of selection:
Productivity vs. profitability ........................................................135
4.1 Introduction ............................................................................135
4.2 Related literature.......................................................................138
4.2.1 Acquisitions to access foreign productive assets ..................139
4.2.2 Acquisitions to access foreign markets ................................142
4.2.3 Hypotheses development .....................................................143
4.3 Data ..........................................................................................144
4.3.1 Dataset construction ...........................................................144
Page 9
9
4.3.2 Variables construction ........................................................146
4.4 Empirical strategy .....................................................................149
4.5 Results ......................................................................................152
4.5.1 Probability of foreign acquisition: baseline estimates ...........152
4.5.2 Evidence from alternative measures of profitability and
productivity..................................................................................155
4.5.3 Non-linearity in within-firm probability of foreign acquisition ....................................................................................................158
4.5.4 Foreign acquisitions and technology ....................................160
4.5.5 Completed and majority foreign acquisitions .......................162
4.5.6 Evidence from acquisition targets only.................................163
4.6 Conclusions ..............................................................................164
Part III: The Impact of FDI on Recipient Economies ....................178
Chapter 5 – Inward FDI and Local Innovative Performance. An
empirical investigation on Italian provinces ................................179
5.1 Introduction ............................................................................179
5.2 Conceptual background and literature review .........................181
5.3 Data .......................................................................................184
5.4 Methodology ...........................................................................187
5.5 Results and discussion ...........................................................191
5.6 Robustness Checks .................................................................195
5.7 Conclusion .............................................................................197
Bibliography ................................................................................208
Page 10
10
List of Tables
Table 1.1: FDI into the EU neighbourhood ........................................... 47
Table 1.2: FDI into the EU neighbourhood by business function .......... 48
Table 1.3: FDI into the EU neighbourhood by macro-sector ................. 49
Table 1.4: FDI determinants into the EU neighbourhood ..................... 50
Table 1.5: FDI determinants in the EU neighbourhood by business
function .............................................................................................. 51
Table 1.6: FDI determinants in the EU neighbourhood by macro-sector 52
Table 2.1: Italian new foreign operations in the EU NMs and NCs ........ 81
Table 2.2: Italian new foreign operations in the EU NMs and NCs by
business activity.................................................................................. 82
Table 2.3: Italian new foreign operations in the EU NMS and NCs by
sector .................................................................................................. 83
Table 2.4: Poisson regression results ................................................... 84
Table 2.5: Summary Table of Case Studies .......................................... 85
Table 3.1: EU-15 investment projects and quality of economic
institutions, 2003-2008. .....................................................................122
Table 3.2: Conditional Logit estimation of EU15 MNEs location behaviour
..........................................................................................................123
Table 3.3: Mixed Logit estimation of MNEs location behaviour ............124
Table 3.4: MXL estimation of EU-15 MNEs location behaviour by sector
..........................................................................................................126
Table 3.5: MXL estimation of EU-15 MNEs location behaviour by
business function ...............................................................................128
Table 3.6: Summary Table of the Results on MNEs heterogeneous
preferences for Economic Institutions .................................................130
Table 4.1: Firms and acquisitions by country, 1997-2013 ...................168
Table 4.2: Correlation between measures of profitability and labour
productivity ........................................................................................169
Page 11
11
Table 4.3: Descriptive statistics ..........................................................170
Table 4.4: Probability of foreign acquisition.........................................171
Table 4.5: Alternative measures for profitability and labour productivity
..........................................................................................................172
Table 4.6: Foreign acquisitions and total factor productivity ...............173
Table 4.7: Interaction effect between firm profitability and labour
productivity ........................................................................................174
Table 4.8: Probability of foreign acquisition by technological class ......175
Table 4.9: Completed and majority acquisitions ..................................176
Table 4.10: Restricted sample .............................................................177
Table 5.1: Variables List .....................................................................202
Table 5.2: Inward FDI and Local Innovative Performance ....................203
Table 5.3: First Stage Regression ........................................................204
Table 5.4: First Stage Statistics ..........................................................204
Table 5.5: Model Specification ............................................................205
Table 5.6: Reduced Form Equation .....................................................206
Table 5.7: Market Exit ........................................................................206
Table 5.8: Inward FDI and Labour Productivity ...................................207
Page 12
12
List of figures
Figure 1: Growth of FDI, trade and GDP in the world, 1970-2010 ........ 26
Figure 3.1: Probability Density Functions for economic institutions
exhibiting significant standard deviation in Table 3 ............................125
Figure 3.2: Probability Density Functions for economic institutions
exhibiting significant standard deviation in Table 4 ............................127
Figure 3.3: Probability Density Functions for economic institutions
exhibiting significant standard deviation in Table 5 ............................129
Figure 5.1: Share of Inward FDI per Macro-Region ..............................201
Page 13
13
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank to Simona Iammarino and Riccardo Crescenzi
for outstanding supervision and encouragement, and all members of my
family for unconditional love and tireless support.
Thanks to Giulia Faggio, Luisa Gagliardi, Steve Gibbons, Neil Lee,
Henry Overman, Olmo Silva and Michael Storper for help, advice and
ideas along the way.
I also would like to thank Davide Castellani and Xiaming Liu for their
feedback and suggestions.
Thanks also to Chinchih Chen, Marco Di Cataldo, Mara Giua, Alex
Jaax, Davide Luca, Paolo Lucchino, Paula Prenzel, Alessandra Scandura,
Teresa Schlueter, Alessandro Sforza, Maria Sanchez-Vidal and Stefanie
Vollmer for friendship and support.
Previous versions of the chapters of this thesis were presented at the
following conferences and seminars: 2nd SEARCH meeting, University of
Cagliari & CRENoS (September, 2012); Workshop on Innovation,
Productivity and Growth in Italy, University of Calabria (March 2013); XIV
April International Academic Conference on Economic and Social
Development, Moscow Higher School of Economics (April, 2013); XI Triple
Helix Conference, Birkbeck College, London (July, 2013); 53rd ERSA
Congress, University of Palermo (August, 2013); IV EUGEO Congress,
Page 14
14
University of Rome ‘La Sapienza’ (September, 2013); Regional Studies
Association Winter Conference, London (November, 2014); Academy of
International Business Conference, Bangalore (June, 2015); 62nd Annual
North American Meeting of the Regional Science Association
International; various PhD Work-in-Progress seminars in Economic
Geography, London School of Economics. Thanks to participants and
discussants for helpful feedback.
The research leading to the results of the first three chapters has
received funding from the Project “Sharing KnowledgE Assets:
InteRregionally Cohesive NeigHborhoods” (SEARCH) within the 7th
European Community Framework Programme FP7-SSH - 2010.2.2-1
(266834) European Commission.
This PhD thesis was also supported by funding from the doctoral
studentship of the UK Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC).
All errors and omissions remain my own.
Page 15
15
Introduction
I. Overview
This thesis explores how Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) shape the
international organisation of economic activity through Foreign Direct
Investment (FDI), by focusing on a number of relevant aspects that are –
to different extents – still partially addressed by existing studies, or
subject to mixed and inconclusive empirical evidence. This thesis aims at
filling some of the research gaps that characterise the literature, albeit
this being vast and well-established. The thesis’ structure consists of the
present introductory section and five empirical chapters divided into
three conceptual parts associated with different aspects of MNE activity.
Each chapter of the thesis includes an introduction, a scrutiny of the
literature with a presentation of the hypotheses, a description of data
and methodology, a discussion of results and a final section devoted to
concluding remarks, limitations and future research directions.
The relevance of MNEs in the global economy has dramatically
increased in the last decades, as evidenced by the astonishing spur in
the global growth rate of FDI since the mid-1980s and the consequent
outpacing of world exports and nominal GDP growth rates. Figure 1
illustrates this noticeable trend employing data from the United Nations
Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD), the well-known
international organisation that, in response to the unprecedented role
played by MNEs in the world economy, inaugurated in 1991 a series of
yearly studies to debate the characteristics, drivers and trends of FDI,
and currently publishing the 25th edition of the World Investment Report.
For the purpose of this thesis an MNE is intended in its simplest
definition as a firm that engages in activities across national borders
through FDI. In this respect, the firm undertaking FDI is the parent
Page 16
16
company located in the country of origin, while the firm receiving the FDI
is defined as foreign affiliate or subsidiary and it is located in the
destination country1. At the simplest level, FDI modes can be classified
into greenfield investment and cross-border mergers and acquisitions
(M&A). The former encompasses the establishment a completely new
plant in a foreign location, whereas the latter entails the acquisition of a
certain stake of ownership in a pre-existing company abroad.
The objective of this introductory section is to provide a general
background framework for the thesis, describe its motivation, explain the
research aims and illustrate the structure and main content of the
various chapters. In particular, the next section discusses the basic
ideas that underpin the conceptualisation of MNEs in academic research.
Subsequently, the structure of the thesis is described and a summary of
each chapter’s objective, results and original contribution is offered.
Finally, a concluding section summarises the inner logic of the thesis, its
novelty and outlines some directions for future research.
[Figure 1 here]
II. Broad conceptual framework
The existence and importance of MNEs has received the attention of
scholars for decades, even before the enormous global increase in
multinational activity. A plethora of conceptual explanations, drawing on
diverse theoretical traditions, has been provided over the years to
understand and analyse the behaviour and strategies of MNEs. A
fundamental theoretical and empirical puzzle that academic research has
attempted to solve is associated to the existence of firms that decide to
become multinational. The tentative explanations of this aspect have
1 For the purpose of this thesis we use the notions of foreign affiliate and foreign subsidiary
interchangeably.
Page 17
17
been underpinned by numerous hypotheses formulated over time. The
aim of this section is to review the main conceptual contributions to this
debate in order to provide a general framework for the various chapters
of the thesis, where more detailed aspects of MNEs will be analysed.
Therefore, this section will clarify the conceptual factors that have been
hypothesised by scholars as crucial for MNEs to exist, while the specific
conceptual frameworks associated to the distinct aspects investigated in
this thesis are developed in dedicated sections within the various
chapters.
The seminal work of Hymer (1976/1960) and Kindleberger (1969)
provides the starting point for a conceptualisation that explains
consistently why some firms engage in cross-border activities. Their basic
insight is that domestic firms tend to have specific advantages over
foreign firms when serving their domestic market. These advantages are
embodied in the domestic nature of local firms and range from better
information about the local economy and customers’ tastes to greater
familiarity with the political and legal system. Hence, foreign firms that
wish to operate in foreign markets have to offset their disadvantages over
domestic actors by increasing their efficiency. This is possible through
the acquisition of firm-specific advantages, which may vary from
economies of scale and product differentiation, to technological
advantages and access to cheaper factors of production. While insightful,
this conceptualisation does not help to explain why firms decide to locate
in a foreign country. In fact, even if foreign firms have specific
advantages over domestic firms, they may prefer to serve distant markets
by exports.
Another seminal contribution to the economic theory of MNEs is the
product life-cycle model of Vernon (1966, 1979). He considers three main
stages of a product life-cycle. First, when a product is new it is mostly
produced and sold by the most innovative firms in the home country
Page 18
18
(normally a developed country). In the second stage, the product becomes
mature and it is exported. In this phase, demand grows in foreign
markets and the firm may decide to invest abroad to serve those markets
locally: thus, in this stage production gradually moves to foreign
countries (mainly other developed economies). Third, the product is
standardised and more firms are able to produce it. As a consequence,
price competition leads firms to invest in locations that make a reduction
in production costs possible (mainly developing countries). While this
theory provides an insightful conceptualisation of MNEs in innovative
industries, it does not offer a strong explanation for FDI in lower
technology sectors. Furthermore, this theory entails a simplistic and
reductive view of the innovation process, overlooking the complexity of
MNE innovative activities (Iammarino and McCann, 2013)
The occurrence of FDI has also been explored in terms of attempts of
firms to limit the market power of their competitors. According to this
hypothesis, oligopolistic firms follow similar FDI strategies as a way to
countering the advantages of other competing firms. Therefore, foreign
investment is considered as an oligopolistic reaction with the aim of
offsetting the competitive edge of similar firms (e.g. Knickerbrocker,
1973; Flowers 1976; Yu and Ito, 1988). An important limitation of this
theory is that its logic implies that more intense competition on world
markets is very likely to lead to less oligopolistic reaction and, as a
consequence, lower volumes of FDI. However, direct observation of world
trends shows that nowadays there is stronger competition and higher
volumes of FDI.
A highly relevant contribution to the explanation of why firms become
multinationals is provided by the hypothesis of internalisation of external
markets (Buckley and Casson, 1976; Casson, 1979; Rugman, 1981).
Fundamentally, the existence of imperfect markets implies higher costs
to link activities and exchanges across geographically separate markets.
Hence, firms decide to internalise these markets within their
Page 19
19
organisational structure and to operate exchanges within the boundaries
of the firm across national borders. In other words, firms become
multinationals in order to avoid imperfections such as market
uncertainty, wastes of time and resources and asymmetric information.
In this sense, some firms prefer to open a subsidiary in another country
and to trade with it rather than licensing to local firms or exporting.
Underpinned by the insight of Hymer and Kindleberger on firm-
specific advantages and the idea of internalisation of external markets,
Dunning (1977, 1980 and 1988) elaborate the most widely accepted and
comprehensive economic framework of the origin of MNEs. His well-
known OLI eclectic paradigm entails that firms must satisfy three
conditions to become multinationals: (i) they have to possess owner-
specific advantages (O), (ii) some location-specific advantages should be
available (L) and (iii) they have to find profitable to internalise the use of
ownership advantages (I). This seminal conceptualisation made by
Dunning still provides a coherent and well-established answer to the
issue of the existence of MNEs. The existence of ownership-specific
advantages (O) possessed by some firms may lead to the decision to
internalise (I) these advantages and to locate in foreign markets as a way
to maximize their productive efficiency and to limit the impact of
uncertain and imperfect markets on production. In other words, FDI
occurs when firms possess assets of their own, and consider as more
convenient to internalise the use of such advantages rather than selling
or sub-contracting them to external companies. At the same time, these
firms decide to locate abroad where location-specific factors (L) allow for
a more profitable utilisation of the afore-mentioned ownership
advantages. In this perspective the (O), the (L) and the (I) are all
fundamental conceptual categories to explain the existence of MNEs and
the reasons why they undertake foreign investments. As a matter of fact,
according to Dunning himself “the OLI triad of variables […] may be
likened to three-legged stool: each leg is supportive of the other, and the
Page 20
20
stool is only functional if the three legs are evenly balanced” (Dunning,
2009:5). The eclectic OLI paradigm, therefore, provides a convincing and
flexible conceptualisation of MNE existence and behaviour, although
being lacking under other aspects. For instance, the geography of MNEs
remains loosely specified in its (L) advantages, calling for further for
investigation (Iammarino and McCann, 2013).
More recently, the study of MNE has also grown in the international
trade literature, where the combination of the Krugman (1980) model
based on product differentiation and monopolistic competition with the
notion of firm heterogeneity (Melitz, 2003) has allowed to overcoming
formal problems in modelling MNE activity. In this respect, a relevant
implication of firm heterogeneity for the study of MNE is related to the
intra-industry diversity of internationalisation modes as a response to
differences in the accumulation of knowledge across MNEs (Castellani
and Zanfei, 2006).
III. Aim and structure of the thesis
While the academic literature studying the operations of MNEs is
large, this thesis identifies a number of research gaps associated with
specific aspects of multinational activity. The specific contribution that
the thesis will offer to the academic debate is discussed in each of the
chapters that constitute the main body of this work. Nevertheless, in
explaining the general structure and aims of the thesis, this section will
briefly discuss the main points of novelty developed in the various
chapters. In general, this work contributes to the literature on MNEs and
FDI and, particularly, on the different streams of research that mainly
contribute to this topic, such as economic geography, international
economics and international business and management studies.
Page 21
21
As mentioned above, the thesis is divided into three main parts
containing five chapters. The first part contains three chapters while the
remaining two parts are constituted by one chapter each.
Part I - MNE location strategies
In the first part, this thesis examines the location behaviour of
European MNEs with respect to a number of drivers that are under-
explored in the literature. The first chapter offers an explorative analysis
of MNE location choices in countries linked to the ‘core’ of the European
Union (EU-15) by different degrees of functional, economic and political
integration: the EU 'New' Member states, Accession and Candidate
countries, European Neighbourhood Policy countries, as well as Russia.
Understanding the drivers of Foreign Investment (FDI) in these countries
is highly relevant in consideration of their increasing integration into the
global market and the strong influence exerted by the EU on this
process. By employing data on individual greenfield investment projects,
this chapter aims at disentangling the drivers of FDI in these countries
for different industrial sectors, business functions and investment
origins. The empirical results suggest that FDI in the area tends to follow
market-seeking and efficiency-oriented strategies, and show path-
dependency and concentration patterns that may reinforce core-
periphery development trajectories in the EU neighbourhood.
The second chapter narrows the analysis down to a specific case
study of an ‘old’ EU member country, Italy, investing in the same
destination area analysed in the first chapter. In so doing, this second
chapter adopts a mixed methods strategy combining a descriptive
statistical analysis with interviews with selected MNEs. Thus, the
analysis investigates the economic integration between Italy and the EU
neighbouring countries by exploring the location drivers of Italian-owned
MNEs in 33 destination economies including the New Member States of
Page 22
22
the EU and the European Neighbouring countries. The paper compares
market-seeking and efficiency-seeking motivations with asset-seeking
strategies. The quantitative analysis assess the location determinants of
518 Italian MNEs that invested in the area in the 2003-2008 period,
while qualitative information on strategic location decisions is collected
by means of in-depth interviews with executives in two of the largest
Italian MNEs active in the region. The evidence suggests that market-
seeking considerations are still predominant drivers of Italian MNE
location decisions in EU Neighbouring Countries, together with resource-
seeking motivations. However, different MNEs are developing diversified
strategies to increase their access to these areas which are of increasing
interest for global investors.
The third chapter offers the most structured analysis of MNE location
behaviour looking at a neglected factor in the literature. This chapter, in
fact, examines how the location behaviour of MNEs is shaped by the
economic institutions of the host countries. The analysis still covers a
wide set of geographically proximate economies with different degrees of
integration with the ‘Old’ 15 European Union members: New Member
States, Accession and Candidate Countries, as well as European
Neighbourhood Policy countries and the Russian Federation. The
analysis aims at shedding light on the heterogeneity of MNE preferences
for the host countries’ regulatory settings (including labour market and
business regulation), legal aspects (i.e. protection of property rights and
contract enforcement) and the extent of government intervention in the
economy. By employing data on 6,888 greenfield investment projects, the
random-coefficient Mixed Logit analysis here applied shows that, while
the quality of the national institutional framework is generally beneficial
for the attraction of foreign investment, MNEs preferences over economic
institutions are highly heterogeneous across sectors and business
functions.
Page 23
23
Part II – Selection patterns in cross-border acquisitions
After exploring the determinants of MNEs location decisions, this
chapter addresses the patterns of selection of cross-border acquisition
operations undertaken by MNEs. This represents a very novel area of
enquiry and the objective of this chapter is to quantitatively assess the
relevance of target firms’ attributes in shaping the acquisition choices of
MNEs in the framework of their international organisation of production.
By employing firm-level data on EU-15 countries, this fourth chapter
studies the extent to which different firm-level attributes of domestic
target companies motivate cross-border takeovers. In so doing, this work
analyses changes in ownership from domestic to foreign in a sample of
more than 300,000 firms in EU-15 countries over the period 1997-2013,
focusing in particular on the productivity of target firms as well as their
ability to establish successful market linkages. Results suggest that
selection on target firms’ profitability systematically drives MNE
strategies of cross-border takeovers: that is, domestic firms that
experience an increase in their business have a higher probability of
being acquired in any given year. By contrast, firm efficiency, in terms of
labour productivity, does not relate to international acquisition decisions,
but the effect of firm profitability tends to be concentrated in the group of
more efficient firms. These findings are confirmed also by employing
different measures of firm performance. Baseline results still hold across
a large number of checks and extensions, indicating that within-firm
differences in profitability are relevant drivers of cross-border
acquisitions.
Part III – The impact of FDI on recipient economies
Finally, building on previous chapters on the determinants of location
choices and selection patterns in cross-border takeovers, the third part of
the thesis focuses on the impact of FDI on recipient areas in terms of
Page 24
24
their innovation potential. This analysis is developed as a quantitative
study having the objective of isolating the causal effect of MNE
operations on the innovative performance of host regions. In this respect,
this fifth chapter studies the extent to which knowledge externalities
arising from FDI foster local innovative performance. The quantitative
analysis is developed by employing manufacturing data on Italian
provinces over the period 2001-2006 with the specific objective of
investigating the causal impact of inward FDI on the local generation of
innovation. Adopting a Knowledge Production Function approach (KPF),
the chapter suggests that in the case of Italy the presence of foreign
investment is beneficial for the innovative performance of the recipient
local economies. These results are robust to a number of checks, thus
contributing with new evidence to the literature on the impact of FDI on
destination countries. In terms of policy consideration, this implies that a
structured policy for the attraction of external capital might channel
additional sources of knowledge to complement local capabilities.
IV. Concluding remarks
This thesis focuses on the study of MNE activities in the global
economy, providing a comprehensive and novel examination of specific
aspects of corporate operations of crucial relevance for academic and
policy purposes. In this respect, the thesis is comprehensive since it
covers both determinants and impacts of MNE activities and FDI,
considering not only the viewpoint of MNEs but also that of recipient
economies and domestic firms. The thesis also provides an original
contribution since it identifies new areas of enquiry within the vast and
well-established literature on MNEs, by asking novel research questions
and/or by combining original data sources, methodologies and
conceptual perspectives to address existing questions on which empirical
evidence remains mixed or inconclusive.
Page 25
25
The three parts of the thesis are complementary in addressing various
and interconnected aspects of MNE strategies and behaviour, thus
developing and following an imaginary fil rouge that starts from the
analysis of the location decisions of MNEs undertaking greenfield FDI,
crossing the patterns of selection in the decisions of MNEs engaging in
cross-border acquisitions, and ending with the examination of the impact
of FDI on host economies’ innovative capacity at a detailed geographical
level. In general, what emerges from the various chapters is that the role
played by MNEs in the global economy is increasingly relevant and that
these actors are able to shape the patterns of international investment
and, ultimately, the trajectories of economic development at both
national and subnational level. The continuous re-organisation of
international production in response to MNE strategies and behaviour,
therefore, deserves further analysis as far as most of the aspects
addressed in this thesis are concerned, including MNE heterogeneous
preferences with respect to location-specific attributes such as economic
institutions, MNE selection strategies underpinning cross-border
takeovers, and the long-standing but still inconclusive issue of FDI-
induced localised knowledge spillovers. In this sense, this thesis
contributes to pave the way for further research on aspects of MNEs and
FDI that are in part overlooked by existing studies or subject to
conceptual and empirical controversy.
Page 26
26
Figure 1: Growth of FDI, trade and GDP in the world, 1970-2010
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
World exports
FDI
World nominal GDP
Valu
e in
dex (1970=100)
Year
Source: own elaboration on UNCTADSTAT data.
Page 27
27
Part I: MNE Location Strategies
Page 28
28
Chapter 1 - The geography of foreign investments in the EU Neighbourhood
1.1 Introduction
Over the past decades the world economy has been characterised by
an increasing process of internationalisation of economic activities with
the involvement of a growing number of countries. According to
UNCTAD, the world stock of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) in 2010 has
reached $20 trillion dollars, while the figure for the first half of the 1980s
was below one trillion.2 The dramatic expansion of international
investment represents one of the main features of the process of
globalisation, in which developing and transition economies have been
progressively more involved (e.g. Moran, 1999; Asiedu, 2002; Iammarino
and McCann, 2013).
This paper aims to explore the geographical patterns of FDI in a set of
developing and transition economies linked to the 'core' of the European
Union (EU-15) by different degrees of functional, economic and political
integration, and that will be broadly referred to as the ‘EU
neighbourhood’. Such an area embraces the EU New Member States
(NMs) that joined the EU in 2004 and 2007 (strongest degree of
integration with the 'core' of the EU-15), Accession and Candidate
Countries (ACC), European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries, and
Russia (the latter with the weakest degree of integration with the EU-15,
stronger autonomy, but crucially important 'gravitation point' for
investments in the area).3 This group of countries represents a very
2 http://unctadstat.unctad.org.
3 NMs: Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Malta, Poland, Romania, Slovakia
and Slovenia; ACC: Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Croatia (which joined the EU in 2013), Macedonia,
Montenegro, Serbia and Turkey; ENP Southern: Algeria, Egypt, Israel, Jordan, Libya, Lebanon, Morocco,
Syria, Tunisia; ENP Eastern: Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia, Moldova, Ukraine.
Page 29
29
relevant case in terms of patterns of FDI and strategies of multinational
enterprises (MNEs) for its geographical proximity as well as its political
and economic links to the EU-15 economic core. In this respect, the
paper offers some new insights on the dynamics of global investment in
the EU neighbourhood. While this region is relatively under-explored in
the existing literature on FDI, its importance from a policy perspective is
rapidly increasing. Policy-makers at the EU and national level are
especially interested in gaining a better understanding of FDI patterns
(and their drivers): the European Neighbourhood Policy and the
intensification of economic and institutional relationships with other
important actors in the area (such as the Russian Federation and
Turkey, among others) have made apparent the huge potential of the
entire region in terms of future economic development and integration
through global value chains. Furthermore, the attractiveness of these
economies for international investment is of special interest because of
their relatively recent access to global markets that has often been
coupled with (or mediated by) a close relationship with the European
Union, making them unique case studies for the analysis of the
interaction between globalisation and regionalisation processes. As a
consequence, from the standpoint of academic research, the investigation
of MNE behaviour in terms of investment strategies in the EU
neighbourhood has a particular relevance for a better understanding of
the economic, social and geographical processes that connect global and
local actors.
This paper is based on data on individual greenfield investments in
the EU neighbourhood over the 2003-2008 period and investigates three
main aspects of the interaction between recipient countries and global
capital flows. First, the analysis aims to single out which national
characteristics are relevant for attracting global FDI into the EU
neighbourhood. Second, the paper examines the role of different FDI
Page 30
30
determinants across sectors and business activities in order to shed new
light on the heterogeneous effect of different characteristics of the
recipient economies on investments of different nature. Third, the
analysis investigates whether FDI originating from different areas of the
world responds differently to national features and concentration
patterns.
The next section provides a brief overview of the empirical research
that has explored FDI determinants in the EU neighbourhood, while
Section 3 offers a detailed picture of FDI patterns in this area. Section 4
introduces the drivers of FDI considered in the econometric section and
explains the methodology. The main findings are presented and
discussed in Section 5, whilst Section 6 concludes.
1.2 Literature background: the drivers of FDI
into the EU neighbourhood
In recent years, the intensity of the political and economic relations
between the EU-15 and its neighbouring countries has increased
substantially. However, the EU relations with its neighbours have been
far from homogeneous, considering the remarkable differences among
these countries. Some ex-socialist Central and Eastern European
countries (CEECs) succeeded in joining the Union in the enlargement
rounds of 2004 and 2007, while others are still candidate to accession.
In addition, a heterogeneous group of countries geographically bordering
the EU has become part of the so-called European Neighbourhood Policy,
a unified framework aiming at generating peaceful and collaborative
relationships between the EU and its border countries (Commission of
the European Communities, 2004).
Page 31
31
Notwithstanding the variety of economies involved – to different
degrees – in this process, the attention of most existing studies on FDI
and their determinants in the area has been focused on CEECs (i.e. the
countries that gained full EU membership in the 2000s and that are here
called New Member states – NMs).4 Most existing studies looked at FDI
flows in the NMs in order to understand whether (and to what extent)
increasing economic integration can influence FDI drivers. The reason for
the special attention devoted to this sub-group of countries by the
existing academic literature is threefold. First, the EU enlargement has
provided scholars with unprecedented settings for the study of FDI
patterns. Second, these analyses responded to the widespread concerns
for the growing de-localisation (and potential job loss) away from the 'old'
EU members in favour of CEECs (e.g. Boeri and Brücker, 2001). The
third reason is related to data availability: not only NMs have received a
much larger share of FDI than all other countries in the EU
neighbourhood, but empirical analyses have also been fuelled by more
accessible and comparatively more reliable data.
What emerges from the literature on the determinants of FDI in NMs
is that internal demand, market potential and labour costs are
fundamental aspects that foreign firms consider in their investment
decisions (Resmini, 2000; Carstensen and Toubal, 2004; Janicki et al.,
2004; Bellak et al., 2008). Other relevant elements for FDI attraction
include proximity to the EU (Bevan and Estrin, 2004), deepening
economic integration (Brenton et al., 1999), good institutions (Bevan et
al., 2004) and tax incentives (Bellak and Leibrecht, 2009). Interestingly
for the aims of the present paper, Resmini (2000) develops an empirical
model taking into account sectoral differences in attracting FDI in NMs:
her findings suggest that the responsiveness of FDI to national
4 As Croatia joined the EU on the 1
st of July 2013, in this paper it is considered Accession country and
included in the ACC group.
Page 32
32
characteristics differs substantially across industries. This insight is
corroborated by the results of Pusterla and Resmini (2007), showing that
sector-specific drivers influence the investment decisions of foreign
companies in NMs. The present paper offers a similar perspective for
countries of the EU neighbourhood, further extending the analysis to
business functions, following Crescenzi et al. (2014).
In sharp contrast with the abundance of studies on NMs, FDI
patterns in the EU neighbourhood are much less explored in the
literature. The limited number of studies on the area converges in
suggesting that 'traditional' FDI determinants matter the most in this
context. For instance, studies on the subnational determinants of FDI in
Turkey suggest that local demand and agglomeration forces are very
relevant drivers of FDI (Deichman et al., 2003). FDI in the Balkan region
tends to be encouraged by low labour cost (Louri et al., 2000) and
political and economic reforms (Sergi, 2004). Some contributions have
investigated the determinants of FDI in the Middle East and Northern
Africa (MENA) countries, showing that growing markets, human capital
and low risk environments exert a strong attractive influence on global
investment (Moosa, 2009). The role of market size, trade opportunities
and institutional variables, along with the availability of natural
resources, is confirmed by other studies on FDI in MENA countries
(Hisarciklilar et al., 2006; Mohamed and Sidiropoulos, 2010). Recent
work by Zvirgzde et al. (2013) on Ukrainian survey data argues that FDI
in the capital region are mostly market-seeking, and also motivated by
institutional factors, while FDI in western areas are attracted by the
proximity to the EU. A strong market-oriented rationale for FDI is also
found by studies on Russia (Fabry and Zeghni, 2002; Ledayeva, 2009); in
addition, in the latter case FDI is motivated by both resource-seeking
strategies and availability of physical infrastructure such as sea ports
(Ledayeva, 2009).
Page 33
33
Overall, although the literature on FDI determinants has devoted
limited attention to the EU neighbourhood, at least in comparison to
other emerging areas such as China, India or Latin America, existing
contributions point out that most FDI in the region follows market
and/or efficiency-seeking rationales.
1.3 Stylised facts on FDI in the EU
neighbourhood
In order to broaden the perspective of the existing literature and cover
both the EU NMs and the broadly defined neighbourhood of the Union
this paper makes use of homogenous and comparable data on individual
investment projects undertaken by MNEs in 34 countries in the period
2004-2008.5 The source of data is FDi Markets-Financial Times Business,
which represents an increasingly exploited tool of analysis in the
literature on FDI determinants and location choices (e.g. Crescenzi et al.,
2014).6 Greenfield investments from the entire world into the EU NMs
and neighbourhood are used to investigate country-level drivers of FDI
decisions. In what follows we present some descriptive evidence in order
to contextualize the subsequent empirical analysis.
[Table 1.1 here]
5 Although FDi Markets provides data since 2003, in the present work we consider only the period 2004-
2008. This is due to the econometric exercise requiring lagged independent variables for which data are not
available prior 2003 (see Section 4 below). 6 FDI is identified by Financial Times’ analysts through a wide variety of sources, including nearly 9,000
media sources, project data provided from over 1,000 industry organisations and investment agencies, and
data purchased from market research and publication companies. Furthermore, each project is cross-
referenced across multiple sources and more than 90% of investment projects are validated with company
sources. The dataset is by construction a sample of global FDI, and it is therefore likely to be skewed
towards the larger firms and projects. However, Crescenzi et al. (2014) show that investment decisions
captured by this database are highly correlated with other macro-level data on FDI from UNCTAD and the
World Bank.
Page 34
34
As is mentioned above, the EU neighbourhood, as considered here, is
a highly heterogeneous region. NMs have joined the EU in two
subsequent enlargement rounds in 2004 and 2007, ACC are EU
candidate or potential candidate, while a large group is involved in the
ENP, with the exception of Russia. These different degrees of integration
with the EU signal the large variation in economic and political features
across the region, as well as in the extent of attractiveness towards global
capital flows.
Table 1.1 reports new foreign investments undertaken in the EU
neighbourhood over the period 2004-2008 by global MNEs. Over half of
total FDI flows in the area are directed to NMs (52.18%), while ACC, ENP
Southern and ENP Eastern economies all exhibit lower and similar
shares: 10.03%, 11.92% and 8.0%, respectively. A relevant share is,
instead, targeting Russia, which receives 18.11% of total global FDI
directed in the area. Considering individual countries rather than
groups, Russia is the most attractive destination for FDI, followed at
large distance by Romania (11.91%), Poland (9.26%) and Hungary
(7.16%). In the ACC group, Turkey and Serbia are the most preferred
destinations, with 3.87% and 2.68% respectively.
In the ENP Southern region, Morocco and Egypt play a leading role
with 2.39% and 2.25% of total FDI, whilst in the ENP Eastern region
Ukraine attracts the great majority of investments with 4.67% of the
total. Figure 1 provides a graphical representation of global FDI
distribution in the EU neighbourhood over the period 2004-2008.
[Figure 1.1 here]
There are different motives behind investment decisions and they are
intimately connected to the functions and sectors in which MNEs operate
their foreign activities. Although the original dataset reports several
typologies of business functions and a large number of industrial sectors,
Page 35
35
due to the low number of observations in some countries for certain
activities and industries, data are aggregated into three groups of
business functions and two broad economic sectors. With respect to the
former, Table 1.2 presents figures on investment in the following broad
functional categories: (i) Headquarter and Innovation activities (HQ &
Inno); (ii) Sales, Marketing, Logistic and Distribution (SMLD) and (iii)
Production. Table 1.3 instead provides an outlook on the macrosectoral
aggregations: (i) Manufacturing and (ii) Services.
Table 1.2 shows that NMs attract the large majority of FDI in all
business functions. However, Russia remains the single most important
country in terms of attractiveness across all functions. Surprisingly, ENP
Southern countries receive a relatively large share of FDI in
Headquarters and Innovative activities (16.7%), due in particular to the
large role played by Israel (3.8%). Among NMs, Romania attracts the
largest share of FDI in all business functions, while Turkey and Serbia
lead the ACC group. As far as ENP Eastern is concerned, Ukraine
unsurprisingly plays the most relevant role. What emerges from these
figures is that global FDI tends to be concentrated in a few locations
across the EU neighbourhood, and that variations in foreign investors’
preferences exist according to different business functions. For instance,
Poland is one of the main destinations of global FDI in the area, but only
5.9% is in Headquarters and Innovation, while the share almost doubles
when looking at FDI in Production activities.
[Table 1.2 here]
Table 1.3 reports the distribution of FDI towards the EU
neighbourhood for the two industrial macro-aggregates, which also show
remarkable differences. FDI in manufacturing concentrates in NMs
(56.3%), whilst the attractiveness of ENP Eastern, ENP Southern and
ACC groups in this respect is relatively weak (5.8%, 8.7% and 9.5%,
Page 36
36
respectively); the Russian Federation alone attracts 19.7% of
manufacturing FDI. As far as service activities are concerned, the shares
of ENP Southern and ENP Eastern are higher (14.8% and 9.9%
respectively) while NMs still attract about half the volume of service FDI
(47.9%).
[Table 1.3 here]
1.4 FDI in the EU neighbourhood: methodology
In order to investigate the role (and relative importance) of national
characteristics for the attraction of FDI in the EU neighbourhood, this
paper relies upon regression techniques. In particular, following the
literature on the quantitative analysis of MNE location, the empirical
analysis relies on a count data model where national characteristics
explain the number of FDI projects received by each country in each
year.7 With a count response variable, it is customary to employ a
Poisson regression technique. However, we detect over-dispersion in our
count variable, which makes this methodology less appropriate: we
therefore apply a negative binomial model, which allows us to adjust
estimates for over-dispersed data8 9. The time span covers the period
2004-2008 and includes a total of 11,262 greenfield FDI. In line with the
relevant literature, independent variables enter the analysis with a one-
year lag, as specified below. Thus, data for 2003 are employed to
construct lagged explanatory variables.
7 Alternatively, a conditional logit model can be adopted, as common in similar studies. Nevertheless, the
equivalence of the coefficients provided by these classes of models is well established in the literature
(Guimarães et al., 2003). 8 An additional problem with count data models can derive from the large number of zeros in the data.
However, this is not a relevant issue in our dataset. 9 We also run a Poisson regression (not reported here) which confirmed the main results of the Negative
Binomial.
Page 37
37
The following empirical model is estimated:
𝐹𝐷𝐼𝑖𝑡 = 𝑓(𝑑𝑒𝑚𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑖𝑡−1, 𝑖𝑛𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑡𝑢𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑖𝑡−1, 𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑖𝑡−1, 𝑐𝑜𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑖 , 𝑃𝑖)
Where:
FDIit is the count of foreign investment in destination country i in year
t.
Demandit-1 represents internal market size and external market
potential (MP) of country i in year t-1; both variables enter the model in
log form. The size of the market in the host economies is viewed as a
major driver of FDI (e.g. Wheeler and Mody, 1992; Billington, 1999). The
larger the national market in the recipient country, the larger the local
demand for goods and services and, consequently, market opportunities
for the investor. National GDP at constant prices (US dollars 2005) is
included as a proxy, with one-year lag, and comes from the World
Development Indicators (WDI) of the World Bank.
FDI might also be aimed at exploiting external market potential (e.g.
Head and Mayer, 2004; Carstensen and Toubal, 2004): in other words,
some countries can play the role of platforms for exports towards other
proximate locations. In order to control for countries’ external market
potential we follow the literature (Harris, 1954) and compute the
following indicator:
𝑀𝑃𝑖𝑡−1 = ∑ (𝐺𝐷𝑃𝑐
𝑑𝑖𝑐⁄ )
𝑐≠𝑖
where market potential (MP) of location i is the distance-weighted
internal demand of neighbouring countries c. This indicator is included
in the analysis with a one-year lag.
Page 38
38
Institutionsit-1 stands for ‘Control of corruption’ in country i in year t-1.
This part of the model tests whether FDI is sensitive to national
institutional environments, which are highly heterogeneous in the EU
neighbourhood. Institutions are proxied with a measure that captures a
very relevant aspect of the national environment when considering the
strategies of foreign investors, namely ‘Control of corruption’ as provided
by the World Bank in its World Governance Indicators (WGI). As for
previous variables, institutions enter the analysis with a one-year lag. As
is suggested by the existing literature, we expect that good institutional
quality plays a positive role in attracting foreign capital since it increases
certainty in market transactions and stability (e.g. Altomonte, 2000; Wei,
2000; Bénassy Quéré et al., 2007).
Labourit-1 includes proxies for the education level and average wage in
country i in year t-1. This section of the model looks at the
characteristics of the workforce and labour market. First, a measure of
the average education level in the host economy is included, that is the
ratio between secondary school age population and total population
provided by UNESCO. This is the only available measure of education for
the countries of interest. In line with studies highlighting the beneficial
effects of human capital on FDI attraction, we expect that this indicator
is positively linked to inward FDI (Noorbakhsh et al., 2001). Second, we
include per capita GDP as a proxy for average wage employing data on
GDP and population from WDI (Alsan et al., 2006). Although this is an
indirect measure for salaries, wages for most countries under
observation are not available. We expect that higher values of this
indicator discourage foreign investors, since saving on input costs
represents a strong rationale for FDI in emerging and developing
economies (Resmini, 2000).
Page 39
39
Colocationit includes several stock variables for FDI in country i
calculated as a cumulative count according to country of origin, sector
and business function, all expressed in log. These variables capture the
extent to which foreign investments co-locate in the same country; that
is, using data at the investment level, we generate the stock of all FDI
with similar characteristics to those of each specific investment (e.g.
Defever, 2006). Then, when constructing our dataset at the country level,
we consider the cumulative average stock of FDI in a specific country in
a specific year. The FDi Markets database allows constructing stock
measures of FDI according to (i) nationality of the investor, (ii) sector and
(iii) business function. We are thus able to investigate the importance of
similar FDI in determining new flows of investment, exploring FDI path-
dependency along these three different dimensions. Similarly, two
additional stock variables are built by crossing both sectors and business
functions with information on origin countries, allowing to test whether
FDI in one sector or business activity originated from a certain country
attracts more FDI with similar features.
Finally, Pi is a set of country dummies included in order to account
for any factor not explicitly controlled for in the model that might have an
effect on countries’ attractiveness towards global FDI. These include any
time-invariant country-level driver of FDI such as geographical and
cultural characteristics. The full list of variables is reported in Appendix
A.
1.5 Results
The first objective of our empirical exercise is to analyse the relevance
of different FDI determinants in the EU neighbourhood. Therefore, we
estimate a negative binomial model by including all FDI directed towards
the 34 countries in the area of interest over the period 2004-2008.
Page 40
40
[Table 1.4 here]
The results of this first estimation are reported in Table 1.4. The
coefficients are mostly in line with expectations, and consistent across
different model specifications. Traditional drivers of FDI, such as size of
the internal market and external market potential, are strongly and
positively correlated with the decision to undertake new investments.
This confirms that global FDI flows towards the EU NMs and
neighbourhood have a prominent market-seeking rationale. In other
words, MNE strategies in the area are strongly based upon market access
considerations in terms of both the exploitation of domestic demand in
the recipient economies and the opportunity to constitute platforms for
exports towards third countries (see Neary, 2007). As far as the national
institutional environment is concerned, ‘Control of corruption’ exhibits a
positive and weakly significant relationship with FDI in only two
specifications out of five: overall, according to this first set of results,
global investors do not appear overly concerned about choosing locations
where the institutional setting confers stability to their operations and
transactions.
With respect to workforce characteristics, the model does not detect
any relevant relationship between FDI and education level, indicating
that, in general, MNEs do not invest in the EU neighbourhood in order to
take advantage of local competences. Conversely, our proxy for wage
levels reveals that investors look for cheap labour in the region. The
robustness of the coefficient on this feature across all specifications
suggests an efficiency-seeking rationale for foreign companies investing
in the area. This indicates that the conclusions reached by previous
studies arguing that cost-saving on labour is among the main drivers for
FDI in CEECs (Resmini, 2000) may be extended to the broader EU
neighbourhood.
Page 41
41
As far as FDI path-dependency is concerned, we enter the different
colocation variables separately given the high level of correlation among
them. The first three columns test the relevance of colocation patterns
associated with common nationality of the investor, sector and business
function respectively. Columns 4 and 5, instead, test the effect of
colocation of FDI in the same sector and business by nationality. Results
in Table 1.4 suggest that FDI tends to follow previous investment flows
with similar features, with the only exception of functional colocation.
Moreover, regressions in columns 4 and 5 indicate that FDI from the
same country of origin tends to select the same location according to
their sector and business activity performed abroad.
Foreign investment might be motivated by different determinants
depending on the specific function operated abroad or the particular
sector in which the FDI is undertaken. Therefore, we run separate
regressions for the three types of business functions (Table 1.5) and the
two macro-aggregates of economic activity (Table 1.6).
[Table 1.5 here]
As is shown in Table 1.5, when considering the number of FDI in
specific business functions as response variable, FDI patterns are
significantly associated with a smaller number of determinants, which
are particularly important for a specific function. Therefore, in the case of
‘HQ & Inno’, the education level of countries appears to be the main
relevant driver of FDI. This is not surprising considering that activities in
‘HQ and Inno’ are likely to be related to higher skill-intensity. Conversely,
in the case of ‘SMLD’ results suggest that a lower level of education is
attractive of FDI, plausibly signalling that these activities require less
skilled workers. As far as Production activities are concerned, a
Page 42
42
favourable institutional environment plays a major role in driving FDI
patterns in the EU neighbourhood. With respect to colocation variables,
path-dependency in FDI inflows emerges clearly in the case Production.
This is not surprising considering that production activities are likely to
be associated with the occurrence of agglomeration economies and
localised backward and forward linkages. However, in the case of ‘HQ &
Inno’ the coefficients turn out to be negative and significant: this might
be due to the fact that, while corporate headquarters tend to concentrate
in large urban agglomerations (particularly capital cities) mainly for
political networking and lobbying reasons, this is not normally the case
for innovation activities (Iammarino and McCann, 2015). Previous
research has shown that MNE technological and innovation operations
are unlikely to be located in the vicinity of those of competitive rivals
(see, among others, Cantwell and Santangelo, 1999; Alcácer, 2006;
Verbeke et al., 2009) and tend rather to follow the location of production
operations (Defever, 2006) or to reflect a value chain logic (Crescenzi et
al. 2014)
[Table 1.6 here]
Table 1.6 presents results of negative binomial estimates by
macrosector. Interestingly, and not entirely unexpectedly, the signs of
the significant coefficients are opposite in manufacturing and services, a
plausible outcome in the set of countries that constitute the EU
neighbourhood. As far as manufacturing industries are concerned, the
strong and negative significance of the education level signals that
foreign MNEs tend to look for low-skilled workforce, reasonably because
the kind of manufacturing activities localised in the EU neighbourhood
by MNEs is mostly concentrated in the more basic segments of the value
chain. Differently, service activities are associated with a more educated
workforce in relation to the nature itself of the service sector, which
Page 43
43
requires relative higher standards of skills than basic manufacturing.
Table 1.6 also suggests that the institutional setting of the host countries
matters for FDI decisions, again with different signs in the two
aggregates considered. In particular, manufacturing activities are
associated with less favourable institutional conditions: this, particularly
in the case of emerging and developing economies such as those in the
EU neighbourhood, might be explained by cross industry heterogeneity
in MNEs’ preferences over institutional attributes. In other words, it has
been argued that some MNEs tend to prefer locations with weaker
economic institutions because they aim at bypassing transparent market
mechanisms in their operations abroad (e.g. Helmann, 1998; Helmann et
al., 2000; Glaeser and Shleifer, 2002; Sonin, 2003). Indeed, weaker
institutions might facilitate rent-seeking or moral hazard behaviour, or
simply allow capturing a share of host countries’ public resources,
through lobbying, subsidies or less legalized channels – such as, in the
case here, corruption. Such MNE behaviours has proved to differ across
sectors and functions: previous research has shown that MNEs in high
or medium technology manufacturing choose to locate in places where
the institutional environment is more adequately protected, while MNEs
operating in low-technology and less sophisticated sectors may consider
strong regulation in business as an obstacle.10 Hence, mechanisms of
institutional subversion (Helmann, 1998) might be easily reflected in our
results for manufacturing considering the highly heterogeneous group of
countries analysed, that include both transition and developing
countries, often characterised by notable institutional flaws. On the
contrary, the institutional environment takes the expected positive sign
when the analysis shifts to FDI in services, which include operations
aiming to provide financial and business services, soft infrastructure and
more knowledge-intensive content activities – as also the attractiveness
10
To be noted that our manufacturing aggregate includes also extraction and processing of coal, oil and
natural gas, which may prove particularly reactive to less regulated institutional settings.
Page 44
44
of stronger human capital in the sector seems to point out – and that
tend to take into consideration business regulation, transparency and
enforcement of contracts as pre-requisites for their location.
1.6 Conclusions
This paper aimed at providing a first investigation of the drivers of
global FDI in the broadly defined EU neighbourhood. The area
constitutes an interesting case in terms of attractiveness towards global
MNE investments, both for its geographical closeness and its political
and economic linkages with the ‘core’ of the European Union. The
different degrees of integration with the EU, and the relatively recent
access of most neighbourhood countries to global markets, reflect their
large heterogeneity in terms of economic, social and political
characteristics, which also entails large variation in their attractiveness
towards foreign capital.
By employing data on greenfield investment projects occurred in the
EU NMs and neighbourhood in the period 2003 to 2008, we explored the
drivers of FDI by sector and business function. What emerges from the
general empirical analysis is a clear market-seeking and efficiency-
oriented rationale behind FDI in the EU neighbourhood. Interestingly,
strong co-location patterns of FDI appear along different axes – national
origin of the investor, industrial sector, and business function –
supporting the existence of path-dependency, cumulative causation
mechanisms and possible virtuous (or vicious) cycles in the impact of
globalisation on the EU neighbourhood.
The findings of this paper are largely in line with previous empirical
evidence highlighting the significance of global capital flows towards EU
NMs as compared to other areas in the EU neighbourhood. In fact, EU
NMs are characterised by large and growing internal demand, a
comparatively stable institutional environment, and relatively low labour
Page 45
45
costs. Most importantly from a political point of view, they benefit from
the EU membership. However, Russia is the single country that receives
most foreign investment in manufacturing and services, plausibly due to
the relevance of its huge internal demand for MNEs’ strategies.
In interpreting our empirical results and the descriptive evidence
presented, we notice that the rest of the EU neighbourhood tends to
remain peripheral in the strategies of MNEs, with few exceptions
represented by countries such as Turkey and Ukraine, and to a lesser
extent, Egypt and Morocco. These economies are far less integrated both
politically and economically with the ‘core’ of the EU, but they are central
economic actors in their regions and it is likely that MNEs oriented
towards the exploitation of new markets and low-cost labour force will
look at them with growing interest.
The present study provides an initial investigation of the patterns of
FDI in the EU neighbourhood which can be informative for policy makers
at the EU, national and regional levels in both areas. The growing
importance of the ENP and the intensification of the economic and
institutional relationships between the EU and other important actors in
the area, such as the Russian Federation, Turkey, the Balkans and the
economies in North Africa, should be accompanied by a better
understanding of the economic processes at work. In this respect, the
evidence about the role of internal markets of destination and the
educational levels of the workforce in attracting FDI can be framed within
national and EU-wide regional and industrial policies to encourage, on
the one hand, the internationalisation of European firms – particularly
those in the current EU periphery – towards their neighbours and, on the
other, the upgrading of skills and capabilities in the recipient economies.
Policies supporting human capital and skill formation and training – at
different educational levels – are indeed crucial not only to spur
technological and innovation progress in the neighbourhood, but also to
support shifts to higher value-added activities and skill renewal
Page 46
46
potentially offered by offshoring to the EU peripheral regions
geographically closer to the ENP area. Furthermore, improving
institutional quality in the neighbourhood is imperative in order to
reduce rent-seeking and inefficiencies that are detrimental to the host
economies, and tend to increase internal inequality through the
reinforcement of the dominant elites: enhancing the quality of
institutions may also attract more sophisticated activities and reduce the
current emphasis on purely market-seeking investments. Further
research-based evidence is certainly needed to inform policy intervention
on which specific tools are best suited to leverage global flows to upgrade
local tangible and intangible assets and reinforce regional growth on both
sides of the EU border.
Page 47
47
Table 1.1: FDI into the EU neighbourhood
Country Investment projects %
New Member States
Bulgaria 735 6.53
Czech Republic 651 5.78
Estonia 207 1.84
Hungary 806 7.16
Latvia 293 2.60
Lithuania 236 2.10
Malta 8 0.07
Poland 1,043 9.26
Romania 1,341 11.91
Slovakia 446 3.96
Slovenia 109 0.97
Subtotal 5,875 52.18
Accession and Candidate countries
Albania 49 0.44
Bosnia and H. 96 0.85
Croatia 183 1.62
Macedonia 45 0.40
Montenegro 19 0.17
Serbia 302 2.68
Turkey 436 3.87
Subtotal 1,130 10.03
ENP Southern countries
Algeria 208 1.85
Egypt 253 2.25
Israel 120 1.07
Jordan 111 0.99
Lebanon 66 0.59
Libya 88 0.78
Morocco 269 2.39
Syria 88 0.78
Tunisia 137 1.22
Subtotal 1,340 11.92
ENP Eastern countries
Armenia 47 0.42
Azerbaijan 113 1.00
Belarus 80 0.71
Georgia 69 0.61
Moldova 43 0.38
Ukraine 526 4.67
Subtotal 878 8.00
Russia 2,039 18.11
Total 11,262 100
Source: Authors' elaborations on FDi-Markets data
Page 48
48
Table 1.2: FDI into the EU neighbourhood by business function
Country HQ & Innovation SMLD Production
Investment % Investment % Investment %
New Member States
Bulgaria 82 4.5 328 6.9 325 6.9
Czech Republic 101 5.6 271 5.7 279 5.9
Estonia 34 1.9 103 2.2 70 1.5
Hungary 118 6.6 349 7.3 339 7.2
Latvia 25 1.4 191 4.0 77 1.6
Lithuania 28 1.6 153 3.2 55 1.2
Malta 1 0.06 3 0.06 4 0.08
Poland 107 5.9 394 8.3 542 11.5
Romania 223 12.4 568 12.0 550 11.7
Slovakia 48 2.7 159 3.4 239 5.1
Slovenia 14 0.8 65 1.4 30 0.6
Subtotal 781 43.1 2,584 59.4 2,510 53.3
Accession and Candidate countries
Albania 9 0.5 19 0.4 21 0.5
Bosnia and H. 13 0.7 32 0.7 51 1.1
Croatia 16 0.9 94 2.0 73 1.6
Macedonia 3 0.2 9 0.2 33 0.7
Montenegro 1 0.06 8 0.2 10 0.2
Serbia 52 2.9 119 2.5 131 2.8
Turkey 91 5.1 171 3.6 174 3.7
Subtotal 185 10.2 452 10.4 493 10.5
ENP Southern countries
Algeria 50 2.8 77 1.6 81 1.7
Egypt 43 2.4 91 1.9 119 2.5
Israel 69 3.8 30 0.6 21 0.5
Jordan 23 1.3 44 0.9 44 0.9
Lebanon 15 1.3 33 0.7 18 0.4
Libya 18 1.0 18 0.4 52 1.1
Morocco 33 1.83 104 2.2 132 2.8
Syria 20 1.1 18 0.4 50 1.1
Tunisia 32 1.8 33 0.7 72 1.5
Subtotal 303 16.7 448 10.3 589 12.5
ENP Eastern countries
Armenia 19 1.1 14 0.4 14 0.3
Azerbaijan 32 1.8 50 1.1 31 0.7
Belarus 19 1.1 45 1.0 16 0.3
Georgia 17 0.9 32 0.7 20 0.4
Ukraine 132 6.5 237 5.0 168 3.6
Moldova 4 0.2 14 0.3 14 0.3
Subtotal 223 12.3 392 9.0 263 5.6
Russia 319 17.6 866 19.9 854 18.1
Total 1,811 100 4,350 100 4,709 100
Source: Authors' elaborations on FDi-Markets data
Page 49
49
Table 1.3: FDI into the EU neighbourhood by macro-sector
Country Manufacturing Services
Investment % Investment %
New Member States
Bulgaria 358 6.0 323 6.8
Czech Republic 401 6.7 226 4.8
Estonia 112 1.9 90 1.9
Hungary 476 7.9 292 6.2
Latvia 174 2.9 117 2.5
Lithuania 125 2.1 100 2.1
Malta 6 0.1 2 0.04
Poland 605 10.1 413 8.7
Romania 748 12.5 552 11.6
Slovakia 310 5.2 125 2.6
Slovenia 59 1.0 43 0.9
Subtotal 3,374 56.3 2,283 47.9
Accession and Candidate countries
Albania 18 0.3 23 0.5
Bosnia and H. 48 0.8 48 0.8
Croatia 100 1.7 100 1.7
Macedonia 16 0.3 19 0.3
Montenegro 3 0.05 3 0.05
Serbia 171 2.9 122 2.6
Turkey 214 3.6 200 4.2
Subtotal 570 9.5 515 10.8
ENP Southern countries
Algeria 89 1.5 102 2.2
Egypt 102 1.7 127 2.7
Israel 49 0.8 65 1.4
Jordan 44 0.7 65 1.4
Lebanon 18 0.3 47 1.0
Libya 21 0.4 39 0.8
Morocco 108 1.8 152 3.2
Syria 25 0.4 48 1.0
Tunisia 68 1.1 61 1.3
Subtotal 524 8.7 706 14.8
ENP Eastern countries
Armenia 14 0.2 26 0.6
Azerbaijan 35 0.6 64 1.4
Belarus 31 0.5 46 1.0
Georgia 17 0.3 39 0.8
Moldova 19 0.3 20 0.4
Ukraine 229 3.8 276 5.8
Subtotal 345 5.8 471 9.9
Russia 1,180 19.7 792 16.7
Total 5,993 100 4,767 100
Source: Authors' elaborations on FDi-Markets data
Page 50
50
Table 1.4: FDI determinants into the EU neighbourhood
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Dep Var: FDI count
Market size 2.80*** 2.89*** 2.74*** 3.21*** 3.11***
(0.909) (0.936) (0.917) (0.846) (0.866)
Market potential 2.64** 2.62** 2.91*** 2.12** 2.47**
(1.103) (1.124) (1.094) (0.999) (1.027)
Control of corruption 0.47* 0.43 0.44 0.39 0.44*
(0.273) (0.274) (0.278) (0.248) (0.260)
Education level 1.28 1.33 1.28 1.11 1.27
(0.848) (0.876) (0.890) (0.757) (0.786)
Average wage -3.15*** -3.18*** -3.10*** -3.49*** -3.53***
(0.863) (0.879) (0.874) (0.803) (0.811)
National colocation 0.004**
(0.0016)
Sector colocation
0.004**
(0.00214)
Function colocation
0.001
(0.000781)
Sector colocation by nationality
0.062***
(0.0124)
Function colocation by
nationality
0.027***
(0.00660)
Observations 170 170 170 170 170
National dummies Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Pseudo R-squared 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.30 0.29
log likelihood -573.4 -573.8 -574.7 -564.7 -569.1
Robust standard errors in parentheses
*** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1
Page 51
51
Table 1.5: FDI determinants in the EU neighbourhood by business function
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
Dep Var: FDI count HQ & Inno SMLD Production
Market size 9.11 8.15 8.90 -1.11 -1.16 -1.29 -0.96 -0.087 -0.37
(6.577) (6.321) (6.500) (5.929) (6.122) (6.273) (3.141) (3.187) (3.156)
Market potential -1.21 -1.24 -2.84 -5.77 -5.87 -6.07 1.20 0.10 0.65
(5.315) (5.179) (5.285) (6.632) (6.911) (6.949) (3.552) (3.484) (3.451)
Control of corruption 0.56 0.69 0.44 -1.02 -0.91 -0.92 2.27** 2.10** 2.22**
(1.323) (1.334) (1.328) (0.995) (0.986) (0.987) (0.992) (1.001) (0.998)
Education level 14.24*** 15.19*** 14.25*** -3.60** -3.64** -3.74** 3.11 4.88 5.17
(4.476) (4.775) (4.580) (1.624) (1.639) (1.648) (3.588) (3.624) (3.555)
Average wage 6.36 9.57 9.39 2.71 2.56 2.77 0.43 -0.05 -0.09
(6.390) (7.011) (7.111) (3.785) (3.823) (3.903) (2.307) (2.312) (2.330)
National colocation -0.02
-0.01
0.01
(0.012)
(0.009)
(0.010)
Sector colocation
-0.04**
-0.01
0.025*
(0.02)
(0.011)
(0.014)
Function colocation
-.015***
-0.002
0.011**
(0.005)
(0.003)
(0.005)
Observations 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170
National dummies Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Pseudo R2 0.28 0.30 0.30 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.16 0.16
log likelihood -56.40 -55.30 -55.34 -100.1 -100.2 -100.2 -95.21 -94.57 -94.38
Robust standard errors in parentheses
*** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1
Page 52
52
Table 1.6: FDI determinants in the EU neighbourhood by macro-sector
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Dep Var: FDI count Manufacturing Services
Market size -1.96 -1.63 -1.61 4.06 4.13 4.26
(3.725) (3.737) (3.720) (3.832) (3.688) (3.683)
Market potential -2.37 -2.92 -2.91 0.43 0.45 0.11
(3.745) (3.755) (3.639) (3.154) (3.059) (3.106)
Control of corruption -3.19*** -3.16*** -3.15*** 1.55** 1.51** 1.46*
(0.923) (0.930) (0.933) (0.776) (0.750) (0.754)
Education level -5.00*** -4.75** -4.71** 4.22** 4.33** 4.28**
(1.919) (1.983) (2.000) (2.012) (2.016) (2.015)
Average wage 0.67 0.47 0.44 -1.93 -1.49 -1.15
(2.374) (2.365) (2.385) (3.157) (3.133) (3.155)
National colocation -0.003
-.0004
(0.007)
(0.010)
Sector colocation
0.001
-0.008
(0.009)
(0.012)
Function colocation
0.0004
-0.004
(0.003)
(0.004)
Observations 170 170 170 170 170 170
National dummies Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Pseudo R2 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.12 0.12 0.12
log likelihood -104.4 -104.4 -104.4 -107.9 -107.8 -107.7
Robust standard errors in parentheses
*** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, *p<0.1
Page 53
53
Appendix A
Table A.1: List of variables
Variable Description Source
Dependent
FDIit Count of FDI in country i at time t FDi
Markets
Independent
Demand
Market Sizeit-1 GDP of country i at time t-1. WDI
Market Potentialit-1 Sum of distance-weighted GDP of all third countries c from location i at time t-1.
WDI / CEPII
Institutions
Control of Corruptionit-1 Composite indicator ranging from -2.5 to 2.5,
with higher values associated to more control of corruption in country i at time t-1.
WGI
Labour
Education Levelit Ratio between secondary school age population and total population in country i at time t-1.
UNESCO
Average Wageit Per capita GDP in country i at time t-1. WDI
Co-location
National Co-locationit Cumulative average stock of investment in country i from the same country of origin.
FDi
Markets
Sector Co-locationit Cumulative average stock of investment in country i in the same sector of activity.
FDi
Markets
Function Co-locationit
Sector Co-locationit by
nationality
Function Co-locationit by
nationality
Cumulative average stock of investment in country i in the same business function.
Cumulative average stock of investment in country i in the same sector of activity from the
same country of origin.
Cumulative average stock of investment in country i in the same business function from the
same country of origin.
FDi Markets
FDi
Markets
FDi
Markets
Page 54
54
Chapter 2 – What drives European multinationals to the EU neighbouring countries? A mixed methods analysis of Italian investment strategies
2.1 Introduction
The progressive enlargement of the European Union (EU) has made
the economic and political relationships with its neighbours a highly
sensitive policy issue. With the EU Enlargement the security, political
stability and economic prosperity of larger shares of the Union are
progressively more intertwined with that of Candidate and Neighbouring
countries. Following the 2004 and 2007 eastward enlargements, the
European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) and other regional and multi-
lateral cooperation initiatives (Eastern Partnership; the Euro-
Mediterranean Partnership; the Black Sea Synergy and the EU-Russia
strategic partnership) have been aimed at strengthening the links
between the EU and its neighbourhood in institutional, political, social
and economic terms. The sharp increase in trade flows (according to the
European Commission total trade between the EU and its ENP partners
was worth € 230 billion in 2011) and labour mobility (the EU issued 3.2
million Schengen visas to ENP partners in 2012) has been accompanied
by a generalized increase in Foreign Investments in particular towards
the ENP-South countries. Before the 2007 economic crisis, FDI in the
Mediterranean region accounted for 2.8% of the world total (2006) while
investments in Eastern countries remained largely concentrated in
Ukraine, ranging between 0.5 and 1% of the world total (DRN, 2013): the
EU accounts on average for 34% of total investments in the
Mediterranean countries (while no comparable data are available for
Page 55
55
Eastern countries, but EU FDI account for around 80% of the total in
Ukraine) (DRN, 2013).
While “corruption has been identified as a major obstacle to
investment and business, both in eastern and southern ENP countries”
(European Commission, 2013: 10), very limited systematic research has
been conducted so far on the relative importance of other investment
drivers/barriers that might play an important role in this emerging
context. Corruption and poor institutional quality remain fundamental
cross-country issues for the entire region (see Chapter 3 for a more
detailed discussion of this), but market-seeking (associated with
increasing market size), resource-seeking and efficiency-seeking
(associated with cheap skilled labour) motives remain strong
countervailing pull factors that interact with geographical and
(increasing) institutional proximity, sustaining the increasing flow of EU
investments in the region.
This paper aims to shed new light on the strategic decisions of
European MNEs when balancing the repulsive and attractive forces that
shape the geography of their investments in the EU neighbouring
countries (NCs) and in the ‘new’ member states (NMs) of the EU. The
coverage of 33 destination countries among NCs and European NMs11
makes it possible to analyse the full spectrum of economic and
institutional integration with the ‘core’ of the EU-15, from the full
economic and political integration into the Union and the single market
of the NMs, to the looser association of the ENP East and South. In terms
of origin of the investments the focus of the paper will be on the case of
Italy. The focus on investments originating from one single country will
make possible to ‘net out’ any ‘home market’ bias in MNE behaviour,
11
In this paper NCs are (i) Accession and Candidate Countries (ACC): Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina,
Croatia, Macedonia, Montenegro, Serbia and Turkey; (ii) ENP Southern countries: Algeria, Egypt, Israel,
Libya, Lebanon, Morocco, Syria and Tunisia; (iii) ENP Eastern countries: Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus,
Georgia, Moldova and Ukraine; and (iv) Russian Federation. EU NMs are all 2004 and 2007 European
enlargement countries except Cyprus.
Page 56
56
allowing us to compare their strategies with reference to the highly
diversified context of the NCs and NMs. The case of Italy is particularly
appropriate for this purpose: Italy is a founding member of the European
Union that forms part of the ‘core’ of the Union but, at the same time,
benefits from closer geographical proximity with both NMs and NCs than
other ‘old’ EU members. In addition, Italian foreign and commercial
policies have historically devoted a special attention to the role of the
country as a ‘bridge’ between the ‘Old’ Europe and the EU neighbourhood
(Bank of Italy, 2000)
The analysis of investment strategies in both NMs and NCs needs to
take into account not only the variety of contextual conditions of the host
economies but also the diversity of the entry modes of foreign firms into
the local markets (European Commission, 2014). As a consequence, this
paper will adopt a mixed methods approach to the analysis of the
location strategies of Italian investments in the area. Drawing on
Dunning’s Ownership-Localization-Internalization (OLI) eclectic
paradigm, the paper uses regression analysis in order to assess the
different role of national drivers in affecting Italian greenfield
investments’ location behaviour. This section of the analysis is based on
detailed data at the level of individual investment project. However, in
order to capture the complex interaction between greenfield investments
and other entry modes (in particular joint ventures and acquisitions) the
quantitative analysis is complemented by two in-depth firm-level case
studies covering two of the largest Italian multinational enterprises
operating with different modalities in both the EU NMs and NCs areas.
Interviews are collected at the level of headquarters with top level
managers and executives, presenting a rich informative basis on the
strategic behaviour and organisational choices of MNEs in their cross-
border operations in NCs and NMs.
Page 57
57
In terms of contribution to the existing debate, the paper rests on the
idea that MNE investments play a central role in the on-going process of
integration between the EU and its neighbouring countries. Such a
critical role has been rarely investigated with mixed methodologies,
which instead offer the opportunity to analyze more in-depth the
interaction between patterns of economic integration and business
strategies of MNEs. Therefore, the contribution of the present study is
essentially empirical. In this respect, the paper aims at providing a
structured analysis of associations between recipient countries’
attributes and corporate behavior in the quantitative part, fundamentally
assessing the role of location advantages (L) of the eclectic OLI paradigm
to motivate Italian MNEs to pursue internalization (I) strategies.
Subsequently, the qualitative section of the article zooms into the
investment behavior of two selected Italian multinationals, capturing the
full complexity that is typical of MNE organizational choices and that is
rarely incorporated in existing quantitative studies. In this respect, we
are also able to explore MNE characteristics as drivers of their location
choices, with the aim of capturing the forms of ownership advantages (O)
that lead to internalization (I). Therefore, by combining quantitative and
qualitative insights in a novel way, this article provides new empirical
evidence on the location strategies of MNEs taking into account the
interdependence between the different components of Dunning’s OLI
paradigm, that is destination country determinants and firm-level
organizational features that drive cross-border corporate strategies.
The main findings of the mixed-methods analysis for Italian MNEs in
the EU neighbourhood suggest that, while some common elements for
localisation – such as market access considerations as well as sensitivity
to cost factors – can be generalised, there is evidence of an intrinsic
heterogeneity in the strategies of MNEs along sector and functional axes,
ranging from the role of inter-governmental agreements to the
importance of institutional assimilation of the MNE in the local context.
Page 58
58
This diversity across corporate strategies suggests that the development
of ‘framework conditions’ within the picture of further integration
between the EU and its neighbourhood is at least as important as the
reinforcement of more typical FDI attractors.
The paper is organised as follows. The next section briefly outlines the
characteristics of Italian foreign investment in EU NMs and NCs. Section
3 introduces the quantitative analysis of Italian MNEs location strategies:
the empirical model is presented and justified and the results of the
regression analysis are discussed. Section 4 briefly introduces the
corporate profile of the Italian MNEs covered in the study, whilst section
5 analyses the evidence from the in-depth interviews with the executives.
Section 6 concludes.
2.2 Italian Foreign Investments in EU New
Member States and Neighbouring Countries
Italy is a key player in global investments towards the EU NMs and
NCs. According to the International Monetary Fund (IMF) Italy’s global
outward investment has reached $535 billion in 2012 with $69.42 billion
(approximately 13% of the total) going to the area of interest for this
paper, suggesting that the region is extremely relevant to Italian foreign
operations. Table 2.1 shows Italian investments in the countries of the
area combining information from the Coordinated Direct Investment
Survey of the International Monetary Fund12 in the most recent available
year with data on Italian new investment projects in the period 2003-
2008 from the FDi Markets database created by Financial Times
Business13. IMF macro-economic FDI data provide us with a complete
12
http://cdis.imf.org/ 13
FDi Markets is the leading source of information on Foreign Direct Investments, providing data to the
UNCTAD report and the World Bank. For each project detailed information is available on the investor
(name and state/country of origin and sector of activity, including both manufacturing and services), on the
destination area (country, state and city), and the main business function (including manufacturing, sales
and marketing, R&D, logistic, headquarter and business services) involved in the investment abroad.
Page 59
59
and updated picture of all Italian FDI flows in the area. However, IMF
data are only available after 2009 and they do not include any detail on
the nature of the investments. Conversely, FDi Markets data include
detailed micro-level information on new foreign investment project
undertaken in the region with sector and function breakdown based on
the combination of a variety of local and media sources. The two data
sources are highly correlated (65% correlation for the individual
countries’ shares of total investments; 93% correlation for the regional
sub-totals reported in Table 2.1) confirming that FDi Markets micro-data
– used here in the quantitative analysis – offer a reliable picture of
investment patterns in the area, which has remained largely unchanged
after the 2008 economic crisis as confirmed by the high correlation with
IMF 2012 data.
Table 2.1 shows that the majority of Italian foreign operations in the
region are concentrated in EU NMs (46.82% of total operations in the
area according to the IMF; 45.39 in FDi Markets), followed by ACC
countries (15.43% for the IMF; 18.52% in FDi Markets), ENP Southern
(20.48% and 10.62% respectively) and ENP Eastern (2.09 for IMF and
6.37% for FDi Markets). Furthermore, a notable share of greenfield
investment from Italy locates in Russia (15.18% in IMF and 19.11% in
FDi Markets). The table suggests that FDi Markets is under-estimating
the share of investments in the ENP Southern countries (ENP-S): indeed,
the dataset looks at the number of new investment projects, and not at
their financial value. The difference between the two measures suggests
that Italian investments in the ENP-S (as will be confirmed by the
interviews) tend to be relatively more capital intensive than in the eastern
countries (ENP-E). Table 2.1 also highlights the importance of Russia as
a destination: it is the single most attractive country in the area under
analysis and, as such, it is an important benchmark for the assessment
of alternative investment locations in the area. Other very relevant
Page 60
60
locations for Italian foreign operations are Romania, Bulgaria and Poland
in the EU NMs area, with shares equal to 11.2%, 9.65% and 7.92%
respectively. Ukraine in the ENP-E area (4.25%) and Tunisia in the ENP-
S (3.28%) represent the main regional destinations. With respect to the
ACC countries, Italian operations appear more evenly distributed among
regional actors, with an important role played not only by Turkey (4.4%)
and Serbia (4.05%), but also by countries such as Albania (3.47%) and
Croatia (3.28%).
[Table 2.1 here]
Table 2.2 shows Italian foreign investment in the area by business
activity (only available from FDI markets). Following Nielsen (2008) in
classifying activities in core and support business functions, it becomes
apparent that 48.45% of Italian foreign operations in the area involve
‘core business functions’, while 51.53% can be defined as ‘support
activities’. Core functions are strongly dominated by investment in
manufacturing activities (42.47% of total), suggesting that most Italian
MNEs target the area for their ‘production’ activities. With respect to
support functions, investments are dominated by ‘marketing, sales and
after sales servicing’ (32.23%) and ‘administrative and management
functions (13.12%)’. Within the former category, investments are strongly
concentrated in ‘retail’ activities (23.36%) and ‘sales, marketing and
support’ (8.49%), whereas the ‘business services’ sub-category (12.93%)
dominates the latter. The functional classification of the investments
suggests that Italian MNEs are attracted in the area by two fundamental
forces: low-cost production sites (manufacturing investments) and large
and growing markets (sales-related investments).
[Table 2.2 here]
Page 61
61
Table 2.3 reports Italian MNEs investment projects by broad sector of
activity. The large majority of investment is concentrated in the industrial
manufacturing sector (67.95%), while services represent a smaller share
(26.45%). The majority of manufacturing investments is concentrated in
medium-low technology sectors (47.3%, with textiles accounting for
26.64% of the total) but there is also a relevant share of operations
carried out in high-medium technology sectors (20.66%). In the service
industries, investment in high knowledge-intensive services (16.6%) is
higher than low knowledge-intensive services (9.85%) and it is mostly
dominated by financial services (13.71%). The sectoral analysis suggests
that while business functions are polarised around two key activities, a
broader variety of sectors are involved in the internationalisation process
of Italian investors in the area.
[Table 2.3 here]
This preliminary descriptive evidence on the geography of Italian
investments in the area reflects the more general trends highlighted in
the existing literature. Technological change and the process of EU
integration have favoured a process of structural re-organisation of
Italian foreign investments in traditional sectors such as textiles and
footwear, with the search for new investment targets and international
value chain networks (Amighini and Rabellotti, 2006; Carabelli et al.
2009; Dunford, 2006). EU NMs and NCs have benefitted from this
reorganization of production, receiving a relevant share of Italian
‘production’ and ‘sales’ investments. Italian ‘production’ investments
have been pushed by the strong labour-intensive specialization of the
Italian industrial base confronted with increasing domestic labour-costs
and reduced profit margins in the absence of the competitive
devaluations of the Italian Lira typical of the 1980s and early 1990s
(Resmini, 2000). Conversely, ‘sales’ investments reflect the increasing
Page 62
62
pressure for access to new (often less sophisticated) markets for Italian
products and services. On a European scale, it has been suggested that
ENP countries strongly benefit from EU foreign investment, which carry
more advanced technological knowledge and managerial practices
(Monastiriotis and Borrell, 2013). This geography of foreign investment is
also reflected in the nature of the trade flows between the EU and NMs
and NCs (Boschma and Capone, 2013; Petrakos et al., 2013; Pinna,
2013), with the latter specializing in less technologically advanced
labour-intensive goods.
The quantitative analysis will explore these processes in a systematic
way making it possible to identify the investments drivers after
controlling for sectoral and functional factors.
2.3 Quantitative analysis
2.3.1 Empirical model and data
In line with existing empirical literature on the location choices of
foreign firms (e.g. Schmidheiny and Brülhart, 2011), a Poisson regression
model is adopted to investigate the relationship between a set of country-
level attributes and the location decisions of 518 Italian greenfield
investment in the region in the period 2003-200814. The number of
investments attracted by each country is modelled as a function of a
number of national characteristics that can be referred back to two key
investment motives discussed below – market-seeking and efficiency and
resource-seeking motives – after controlling for general rule-of-law
conditions and geographical and institutional proximity.
The following equation is estimated:
14
2003 is first year covered by the FDi Markets database. 2008 is the last year not affected by the economic
crisis. Post-economic crisis data are still not available/sufficiently reliable in the FDi Markets database. The
comparison with 2012 IMF investment data has confirmed that FDi Markets data offer a reliable picture of
the geography of Italian investments in the area.
Page 63
63
𝐼𝑡𝑎 𝑖𝑛𝑣𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑡 = 𝛼 + 𝛽1𝑚𝑎𝑟𝑘𝑒𝑡 𝑠𝑖𝑧𝑒𝑖𝑡−1 + 𝛽2𝑔𝑜𝑣. 𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑠𝑢𝑚𝑝𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑖𝑡 + 𝛽3𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒𝑖𝐼
+ 𝛽4𝑒𝑥𝑝𝑜𝑟𝑡𝑠𝑖𝑡 + 𝛽5𝑛𝑎𝑡. 𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑠𝑖𝑡 + 𝛽6𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑟𝑜𝑙 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑟𝑢𝑝𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑖𝑡−1
+ 𝛽7𝑟𝑢𝑙𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑙𝑎𝑤𝑖𝑡−1 + 𝛽8𝑒𝑑𝑢𝑐𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑖𝑡 + 𝛽9𝑎𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑤𝑎𝑔𝑒𝑖𝑡
+ 𝛽10𝑎𝑔𝑔𝑙𝑜𝑚𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑖𝑡 + 𝛽11𝐼𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑖𝑎𝑛 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒𝑖𝑡
+ 𝛽12𝐸𝑈 𝑚𝑒𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟𝑠ℎ𝑖𝑝𝑖𝑡 + 𝛽13𝑐𝑜𝑙𝑜𝑛𝑦𝑖 + 𝛿 + 휀𝑖𝑡
where the dependent variable Ita investit is the count of Italian
investment in recipient country i in year t. The explanatory variables are
explained in what follows.
Market-seeking
Market sizeit-1 is the log of National GDP at constant prices (US dollars
2005) in country i with a one-year lag, built on United Nations data. This
is meant to capture the effect played by the internal demand on the
choice of Italian MNEs to locate in recipient countries. There is wide
acknowledgement in the empirical literature that this is a relevant pull
factor for FDI and MNEs strategies (Wheeler and Mody, 1992; Chen and
Moore, 2010).
Government consumptionit stands for general government final
consumption expenditure as a share of GDP in country i and year t. This
represents a proxy for the propensity of the government to incur in
public spending and it might represent a relevant demand factor for
MNEs, although a larger government role is frequently associated to
inefficiencies and rent-seeking (Shleifer and Vishny, 1999). This measure
is taken from World Development Indicators.
Agglomerationit represents the role of agglomeration economies in
attracting foreign investment and it is measured by the share of urban
population in country i and year t, as reported in World Development
Indicators. There are good reasons to believe that more agglomerated
areas are more attractive for foreign investors due to virtuous cycles of
Page 64
64
externalities (Guimarães et al., 2000). However, considering the
characteristics of Italian MNEs activities in the area, that are strongly
skewed towards Medium-Low technology manufacturing, we might also
expect that these operations are located far from cities to avoid
congestion costs.
Efficiency- and resource-seeking
Average wageit is indirectly measured by means of log per capita GDP
in county i and year t, calculated on data on GDP and population
provided by the World Bank. Data on wages for most countries in the
area are not available or not homogeneous. Existing empirical evidence
on FDI in Central and Eastern European countries suggest that MNEs
tend to locate in these areas for the large supply of cheap labour
(Resmini, 2000). This hypothesis seems reasonable in the present
context, also keeping in mind that investment of Italian MNEs is mostly
concentrated in basic activities.
Educationit is meant to capture the average education level in the host
economy i in time t. This is the log of the ratio between secondary school
age population and total population provided by UNESCO. Considering
the wide and particular set of recipient countries under analysis, this is
the only available measure for plausibly catching an education effect. The
empirical evidence points out that FDI are attracted by locations
endowed with higher human capital (Noorbakhsh et al., 2001; Crescenzi
et al., 2013). Nevertheless, considering that Italian MNEs tend to invest
in manufacturing and retail as well as Medium-Low technology
manufacturing, as Tables 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 show, we might also expect
that they do not look for relevant human capital in the area.
Natural resourcesit indicates total rents from natural resources as a
share of GDP in country i and year t. The literature has evidenced the
existence of foreign operations from MNEs aimed at exploiting host
Page 65
65
national natural resources (Asiedu, 2006). This is relevant to test here
considering the set of countries under analysis, which includes large oil
and natural gas producers. This measure is taken from World
Development Indicators.
National Framework Conditions
Control of corruptionit-1 and Rule of lawit-1 are proxy variables for
quality of the national institutional environment in host country i in year
t-1, based on World Governance Indicators. These are aggregate
indicators of different aspects of governance and countries’ institutional
context ranging from 2.5 to -2.5 with higher values associated with more
effective control of corruption and rule of law, respectively. Existing
empirical evidence on the role of institutional factors in determining FDI
and MNEs location behaviour tend to suggest that foreign investors
search for stable and reliable institutional settings to locate their
operations (Altomonte, 2000; Phelps and Waley 2004; Rabbiosi and
Santangelo 2014)
Degree of Integration/Institutional Proximity
Exportsit stands for the value of exports of goods and services as a
share of GDP in country i and year t. We expect a positive correlation of
Italian MNEs location decisions and the importance of exports in host
nations as a sign that MNEs interact with recipient countries also
through trade: in fact, they might locate operations in recipient countries
and re-export goods and services, suggesting an export-platform
rationale of foreign investment (Ekholm et al., 2007). This measure is
based on World Development Indicators.
Italian presenceit, is a stock variable generated on the basis of
previous investment in the same destination country i by nationality (i.e.
other Italian investment). This is to detect any pattern in the decisions of
Page 66
66
Italian MNEs that my follow national lines. This measure is constructed
with data from FDi Market.
EU membershipit and colonyi are dummy variables that capture
specific characteristics of host countries in term of integration or political
ties (Phelps, 1997). These are provided by CEPII. The former indicates
whether country i is an EU member in year t, as membership to the
Union provides countries with privileged economic and political links
with Italy. The latter indicates whether country i had a past colonial
relationship with Italy.
Geographical Proximity
DistanceiI refers to the geographical distance between host country i
and Italy I, as provided by CEPII. The literature has emphasized the
importance of geographical distance in affecting trade and FDI via
transaction, management and communication costs, arguing that most
proximate locations are generally preferred (e.g. Silva and Tenreyro,
2004).
Finally, δ represents country-year dummies and εit is a random error
term.
2.4 Results and discussion
Table 2.4 shows the results for the estimation of the Poisson
regression model. The regression diagnostics confirm the robustness of
the results and the goodness-of-fit of the model. Column 1 includes all
investments drivers: proxies for market-seeking, efficiency and resource-
seeking, national institutions, degree of integration and institutional and
geographical proximity. In columns 2 and 3 additional controls for degree
of integration/institutional proximity are included: the pre-existing stock
of Italian investments and EU membership together with a control for the
colonial past of the country.
Page 67
67
Market-seeking factors exert a significant influence on the attraction
of Italian foreign operations in the countries of the area: ceteris paribus
countries with larger internal markets are more likely to be chosen by
Italian investors. In addition, as will be supported by the interviews in
the qualitative section, not only private demand exerts a crucial role for
investments in the area but also public procurement remains central in a
number of sectors and fields of activity: the intensity of government
consumption is a positive and strongly significant predictor for the
presence of foreign operations in a country of the area. The evidence on
the role of both ‘private’ and ‘public/government-led’ demand is robust to
the inclusion of additional controls for the degree of integration/
institutional proximity between the various countries and Italy (columns
2 and 3). What becomes negative and statistically significant after
controlling for the pre-existing links between Italy and the destination
country (as proxied by the pre-existing Italian presence) is the degree of
concentration of the population in urban areas (‘Agglomeration’).
Countries with large densely populated metropolitan areas are – ceteris
paribus – less attractive to MNE investments. This suggests that size of
the national market is a very relevant ‘attraction’ force but its
concentration in large urban areas might rapidly increase congestion
costs (in a context of still un-developed basic infrastructure) discouraging
foreign investments.
The high sensitivity of foreign investments to cost factors and
efficiency motives is confirmed by the negative and strongly significant
impact of average wage levels: high wages discourage investments. The
negative impact of higher wages is not mitigated by higher average skill-
levels. On the contrary, countries with a larger share of secondary
educated people tend to attract – ceteris paribus – less foreign
investments. The coefficient of the ‘Education’ proxy is always negative
and becomes significant in column 2, after controlling for the stock of
pre-existing investments. Once other Italian MNEs have invested in the
Page 68
68
country – facilitating the upgrading of local suppliers and the provision of
key standardised skills – the overall level of education of the population
discourages new investments. This aspect will be further investigated
with the case study analysis. Finally, the presence of natural resources
exerts a positive and highly significant impact on foreign investments in
all specifications of the model. Resource-seeking motives are still an
important part of the story when considering foreign investments in the
area.
When it comes to the general national ‘framework conditions’ for
foreign investments in the area, ‘control of corruption’ and ‘rule of law’ -
identified by the exiting literature and international organisations as the
key obstacles for foreign investment take off in the region – are positive
and significant predictors for new investments. Countries with more
effective corruption control systems seem to be more attractive to Italian
investments (positive and significant coefficient in column 1). However,
once the stock of pre-existing Italian investments is accounted for, the
more general ‘rule of law’ becomes a positive and significant attractor of
investments, while the specific control of corruption turns out
insignificant.
The final set of regressors control for the degree of economic
integration and institutional proximity between sending and receiving
country. Pre-existing trade flows positively influence subsequent
greenfield investments (column 1) but the direct presence of previous
Italian investments is far more important, making the trade coefficient
almost non-significant. The results highlight a significant path-
dependent aspect in Italian MNEs location behaviour (that will be
confirmed by the case studies), with new investment replicating past
location choices in order to benefit from existing formal and informal
local networks and suppliers linkages. As far as the role of EU
membership is concerned, the regression analysis does not detect any
effect on investments. It is very likely that the most of this effect has been
Page 69
69
anticipated in the 1990s and early 2000s, as the literature has
highlighted (e.g. Resmini, 2000).
[Table 2.4 here]
2.5 Qualitative analysis
The overall picture of the drivers of Italian investments in the area
and their location strategies developed with the quantitative analysis
needs to be complemented with more in-depth qualitative analysis of
specific case studies of Italian Multinationals with multiple investments
in the EU-15 (the core of the EU) and in the countries of the area under
analysis. Two major Italian MNEs fulfilling these criteria have been
selected for the case studies: Finmeccanica and Saipem. A short
presentation of these companies and their activities in the area will be
followed by the analysis of the interviews15 with key executives in both
firms. A copy of the guidelines/questionnaire used for the semi-
structured interviews with the executives is included in Appendix B.
2.5.1 MNEs profiles
Finmeccanica
Finmeccanica is a major Italian corporate group active in seven high-
technology sectors including Helicopters, Defence and Security
Electronics, Aeronautics, Space, Defence Systems, Energy and
Transportation. As a holding company, Finmeccanica owns 9
enterprises16 operating in these sectors and it also participates into 8
15
Interviews with executives were conducted at the company Head Quarters on April 2, 2013 and May 31,
2013 (Finmeccanica, Rome); June 3, 2013 (Finmeccanica, London); 8 April, 2013 (Saipem, Milan). 16
AgustaWestland, DRS Technologies, Selex ES, Alenia Aermacchi, Oto Melara, WASS, Ansaldo Breda,
Ansaldo STS, BredaMenarinibus.
Page 70
70
joint ventures17 through its controlled companies. According to the 2013
Finmeccanica Group Profile, it is Italy’s leading industrial company in
high-technology activities and ranks amongst the top ten global players
in Aerospace, Defence and Security. As emerged in the interviews to
executives, 30.2% of Finmeccanica is owned by the Italian Treasury,
which is the largest shareholder of the group. This implies a strong
connection between corporate strategies and the international relations
between Italy and third countries. This is a very relevant feature of this
corporate group, which operates in highly sensitive sectors for Italian
strategic interests.
The international presence of Finmeccanica has strongly increased in
recent years: it employs about 67,000 people in 230 industrial and
technical sites and in 322 commercial and marketing offices in over 50
countries. In terms of sales, Finmeccanica sells its products in nearly
150 nations. From an organizational point of view, it is headquartered in
Italy and has a relevant industrial and commercial presence particularly
in four markets: Italy, UK, USA and Poland. As far as its economic
performance is concerned, revenues in 2012 have reached 17.2 billion
Euros, of which 32% is attributed to Defence and Security Electronics,
24% to Helicopters and 17% to Aeronautics.
As highlighted in the interviews with executives, Finmeccanica is a
large and very complex corporate group, in terms of typology of sectors
and customers, since it has strong ties to both civil and military actors.
This implies highly diversified commercial strategies and approaches
across geography according to the political, institutional and business
profiles of the recipient countries.
Saipem
Saipem is a large multinational company and one of the main world-
17
NHIndustries, ATR, Eurofighter GmbH, SuperJet International, Telespazio, Thales Alenia Space,
MBDA, Ansaldo Energia.
Page 71
71
wide contractors in the oil & gas industry. It operates mainly in energy-
related activities in remote areas and deep-water, and it is considered a
world leader in the provision of engineering, procurement, project
management and construction services. Saipem’s core business is design
and execution of large-scale offshore and onshore projects with relevant
technological competencies in terms of gas monetization and heavy oil
exploitation18.
In terms of ownership structure, Saipem is part of the ENI (Ente
Nazionale Idrocarduri) group that currently owns approximately 43% of
Saipem. From an organisational standpoint Saipem is organized in two
Business Units: Engineering & Construction and Drilling.
As emphasized during the interview with executives, Saipem is a
global contractor with strong local presence in several European
countries (with key strategic subsidiaries in France, UK, and in new
member states such as Croatia and Romania), but also in emerging areas
such as West Africa, North Africa, Central Asia, Middle East, and South
East Asia. More recently the company has pursued the vigorous
development of production sites in Saudi Arabia and Indonesia, as well
as engineering and project management centres in Algeria, Azerbaijan,
the United Arab Emirates (UAE) and Canada.
A relevant feature of Saipem is that it operates through a highly
decentralized organizational structure in order to take advantage of local
strengths and respond to location-specific needs and sustainability
issues. The company invests substantially in local facilities, ranging from
engineering centres and support yards (for maintenance and storage of
construction equipment) to fully-fledged fabrication yards, where sections
of major projects are assembled for onshore field construction or offshore
18
‘Gas monetisation’ is the development of different typologies of gas from ‘natural resources’ into ‘final
products’ ready for the international markets. This process implies the transformation of the product so as
to match specific modes of transport (e.g. liquid gas transported via dedicated pipelines). Similar challenges
apply to ‘heavy oil exploitation’: heavy crude oil requires prior transformation in order to flow to
production wells. These operations and processes require high technological competences.
Page 72
72
installation. It also contributes to local employment as a way to enriching
the diversity of Saipem workforce and to recruiting young talents from
around the world.
2.5.2 Analysis of the interviews with executives
The interviews with key executives in both Finmeccanica and Saipem
suggest that market-seeking and resource-seeking investment dominates
the strategies of these two Italian MNEs in the area of interest. These
companies, although being substantially different in terms of sector of
activity, internal organisation and objectives, offer interesting and
illustrative examples of location strategies and modalities of crucially
important MNEs from the same country of origin in the EU-15 towards
EU NMS and NCs.
Mode of Entry
While the quantitative analysis can only look at greenfield
investments (for which systematic data are available) the interviews made
it possible to shed some light on alternative modes of entry of MNEs into
the local markets. Executives in Finmeccanica highlighted in their
interviews that trade connections act as an initial link, but partnerships
with local firms are crucially important to enter new markets. Alliances,
joint ventures, partnerships and M&As are all components of a
diversified strategy to establish a presence in the local markets with new
subsidiaries as the very final step (e.g. in the case of Poland by means of
a key acquisition). Very similar approaches were highlighted by
executives in Saipem. Subsidiaries are used in more sophisticated
relational-intensive contexts in the EU-15 (UK and France), and where
wider markets are expected to be served by means of stable regional
hubs in the NMs (Croatia and Romania). Conversely, in ENP-S and ENP-
E countries partnerships and joint-ventures with local firms are
Page 73
73
considered the key modes of entry into the local economies (e.g
Azerbaijan or Egypt). The establishment of local offices normally follows
the formation of partnerships in key countries (e.g. Libya with
approximately 100 employees, or Algeria with more than 500) as part of a
gradual expansion strategy in the foreign market.
Market-seeking operations
Regression results suggest that the presence of Italian MNEs in EU
NMs and NCs is higly influenced by the size of national markets.
Moreover, the analysis provides indication that government consumption
is also important as a pull factor for Italian investment. Interviews with
Finmeccanica’s executives reveal that a large share of its operations in
the countries under analysis responds to market-seeking motives.
However, the interviews offer a more nuanced picture of this type of
investment driver.
When looking at investments in NMs, Finmeccanica interviewees
stressed the importance of the acquisition of the Polish firm PZL-Świdnik
in 2010 via its fully-owned sister company AgustaWestland. This
acquisition followed a 20-year long Finmeccanica presence in Poland
through several of its fully-owned companies. Therefore, Finmeccanica
had developed connections and direct experience of the Polish market
during two decades before entering the national market with a direct
acquisition. Before the latter, PZL-Świdnik was already a supplier of
AgustaWestland for several components of helicopters (e.g. fuselage) and,
at the time of the acquisition, around 60% of the activity in PZL-Świdnik
was connected to Finmeccanica. However, according to the interviewees,
the objective of the acquisition was not the in-sourcing of part of the
production chain, but rather a step in a wider strategy aimed at gaining
a strong and more stable presence not only in the Polish market but also
in other Central and Eastern European countries (CEECs) leveraging
Poland as a regional hub. In fact, as far as the Defence sector is
Page 74
74
concerned, Poland has made substantial investments in the last years
and it represents the main market in the CEECs area. According to
figures of the European Defence Agency, the Defence expenditure of
Poland has increased by 41.3% between 2005 and 2011, reaching €6,557
million in 2011, and it is followed by that of Czech Republic which
stands at only €1,843 million. Also in relative terms, the Defence
expenditure of Poland in 2011 had the largest weight on national GDP
among CEECs, amounting at 1.77%. As compared to the Defence
expenditure of the EU-15 countries, Poland ranks immediately after the
main ‘old’ members: the UK, Germany, France, Italy, Spain and the
Netherlands. Therefore, there are strong indications that the presence of
Finmeccanica in Poland is connected to market-seeking strategies in
response to both private and government-related demand. In this
respect, the preferred mode of entry has entailed the acquisition of a pre-
existing domestic firm, in line with the strategies of most MNEs aiming at
accessing CEECs markets since the later 1990s (Uhlenbruck, 2004).
With respect to NCs, Finmeccanica has a remarkable interest for local
markets in Turkey, Russia and several Northern African countries, such
as Libya, Egypt and Algeria. Expansion in all these countries needs a
constant institutional support of both the Italian and the host
governments, given the strategic national defence importance of some of
Finmeccanica’s products. However, within the complex set of
institutional and political relationships, the selection of the target
countries for Finmeccanica investment is largely driven by market size
considerations and in particular by the importance in the Defence
market. This is especially the case for Finmeccanica-owned firms in
Turkey and Russia, all with a strong commercial orientation towards the
local market.
Market-seeking motives have a very different nature for Saipem given
the specific nature of its goods and services (i.e. engineering,
procurement, project management and construction services). For
Page 75
75
Saipem – as discussed below – location strategies are closely linked to
the location of natural resources that attract its products and services to
particular locations. However, this demand is often anticipated and
matched by means of appropriately tailored products thanks to constant
interactions established with the key potential customers. These complex
network of contacts and linkages takes place through the subsidiaries
located in London and (to a lesser extent) in the regional hubs in NMs in
Croatia and Romania. Large representative offices in Algeria (ENP-S) and
Azerbaijan (ENP-E) pursue similar – although more peripheral and lower-
level – functions of ‘anticipation and matching of potential demand’.
Efficiency and Resource-seeking operations
From the interviews with Finmeccanica executives it clearly emerged
that the key driver for the selection of Poland as a key hub in the NMs
was the abundant supply of high quality engineers. Given the
significantly lower average wages in Poland vis á vis the other major
locations of Finmeccanica (Italy, UK and USA), the conjugation of market
(discussed above) and efficiency-seeking motives is immediately
apparent. Conversely, the technology and competence gap with the NCs
seems to make it impossible to leverage local human capital in any
significant form. Access to natural resources does not seem to play a
particular role for Finmeccanica given the global and versatile nature of
its value chain.
Conversely, Saipem interviewees suggested that the main rationale for
the location behaviour of their company is linked to the presence of oil
and gas resources and their markets. The time horizon of Saipem
operations in a certain country tends to be more long-term the more
important the location is in terms of energy markets. In the set of
countries under analysis, Saipem has different strategies for different
locations according to their relative importance in terms of resource
endowments. Therefore, Saipem mostly operates in places such as the
Page 76
76
Russian Federation, Algeria, Libya, Egypt, and Azerbaijan as well as
other locations including Morocco and Tunisia. Hence, as interviewees
pointed out, the main motivation behind the location strategies of Saipem
is not attached to traditional considerations such as efficiency- or purely
market-oriented investment, but it is entirely dependent on the presence
of natural resources. Once operations in a location are established,
Saipem aims at a long-lasting presence, given that natural resources are
immobile. Therefore, labour cost, fiscal incentives, local demand or other
determinant factors for operations in other sectors tend not to be the
primary concern of the location strategy of Saipem in the area
investigated, although they might have a complementary impact. Indeed,
over 75% of total employment in Saipem around the world is represented
by personnel from developing countries where natural resources are
located, suggesting that efficiency-seeking motivations remain important
for the Italian MNE.
National Framework Conditions, Degree of Integration/Institutional and
Geographical Proximity
In line with official policy documents by the European Commission
(2013) and with the results of the quantitative analysis, interviewees at
both Finmeccanica and Saipem agree on the importance of rule of law
and stable and reliable institutions for their operations in the countries
of the region. Highly convergent are also the views of executives in both
MNEs on the very limited influence of geographical proximity for their
location strategies. Both companies highlighted the ‘global’ search for
investments opportunities that is rarely constrained by spatial distance
considerations, although one of the Saipem interviewees highlighted
geographical proximity as an additional factor justifying the selection of
Croatia for one of their subsidiaries.
Page 77
77
What remains remarkably distinctive in the strategies of both MNEs
is their approach to the ‘development’ of institutional proximity with their
target countries.
A noticeable example of the complex interaction between market-
seeking motives and institutional factors (i.e. the importance of bilateral
inter-governmental relations and agreements) comes from the case of
Finmeccanica in Egypt, where some of the companies owned by
Finmeccanica have experienced a rapid growth in the last few years.
Egypt is a strategic country in the region of Middle East and North Africa
(MENA), with strong political ties with the US. As mentioned in the profile
section, Finmeccanica is also a US ‘domestic’ group by virtue of its
acquisition of the US-based DRS Technologies in 2008. Furthermore, a
number of other controlled or owned companies have strong interests in
the US market. Therefore, Finmeccanica could benefit synergistically
from the strong role played by the US in Egypt and, at the same time,
from the bilateral agreements between Italy and Egypt to operate in this
country.
Saipem has instead adopted a completely different strategy to develop
relationships and integration with its host countries, centred on the
importance of local actors in its activities. Saipem interviewees revealed
that the success of the presence of Saipem in a country is directly
connected to the intensity of interactions with local social and
institutional actors, highlighting the importance of these resources for
the final product. This strategy is based on a trust-building process with
local agents through partnerships, sub-contracting practices and
training of local workforce, leading to the development of a local network
of collaborations that supports corporate activities and objectives.
Successful operations require a certain degree of embeddedness in local
contexts to gain some competitive advantage and secure a long-term
presence in a relevant location.
Page 78
78
This clearly recalls what has been recently suggested by scholars in
terms of network relationships between MNEs and agents within the
local context (e.g. Crescenzi et al. 2013; McCann and Mudambi, 2005;
Meyer et al. 2011; Iammarino and McCann, 2013), where MNEs embed
their practices in local contexts through their foreign affiliates according
to both corporate objectives and social, economic and institutional
features existing in the specific local environments. Furthermore,
training and employing local workers allows foreign affiliates to generate
and take advantage of new local competitive advantage (Cantwell, 2009;
Phelps and Waley 2004) as well as incorporating local profiles and
competences in MNEs activities and objectives. Following this line of
argument and balancing it with efficiency-seeking considerations,
Saipem’s strategy is to maximize the employment of local personnel.
Indeed, over 75% of total employment in Saipem around the world is
represented by personnel from developing countries where natural
resources are located. The maximization of what the company defines as
“local content” of the activities carried out in foreign markets is one of the
main features of Saipem’s business philosophy. The “local content”
strategy is aimed at providing considerable social benefits to the host
country, in terms of investments, employment, development of
subcontractors and other factors.
Table 2.5 summarizes the key evidence emerging from the case
studies analysis presenting the material in a comparable fashion with the
quantitative regression analysis.
[Table 2.5 here]
2.6 Conclusions
Page 79
79
This paper analysed the location strategies of Italian Multinationals in
EU NMs and NCs by means of a mixed-methods approach that allowed
us to gain a comprehensive picture of both host location and firm-level
characteristics, which jointly determine MNE choices and strategies. The
regression analysis assessed the relative importance of alternative
country-level features as drivers of location choices, whilst the in-depth
case studies focused on two of the largest Italian MNEs – Finmeccanica
and Saipem – providing relevant insights and complementing the
econometric investigation.
The quantitative and qualitative analyses offer a clear and convergent
picture of the Italian MNE behaviour in the area. However, the case
studies highlighted also significant sectoral and functional differences
across the two firms that would have otherwise remained ‘hidden’ in the
idiosyncratic components of the regression.
The overall results show that market-seeking strategies are still
predominant in driving foreign investments in the EU NMs and NCs.
Both private and government-related demand exerts a very relevant
influence. However, the predominantly low-medium tech production
investments that dominate capital flows between Italy and the area tend
to be discouraged by congestion costs: increasing urbanisation has a
negative impact on investments. The high sensitivity of MNEs to cost
factors (efficiency-seeking) is confirmed by the strong attractive power of
low wages and natural resources; the quality of the general business
environment and the rule of law are, as expected, key facilitating factors
for foreign operations.
If some ‘common’ factors can be generalised from both the
quantitative and the qualitative analyses, the ways in which MNEs enter
the local markets and develop new institutional and functional proximity
with the local economy tend to remain highly diversified. Multinationals’
strategies are influenced by their sector of activity, organisational
structure, strategic management of the value chains and business
Page 80
80
culture. In the case of Finmeccanica inter-governmental networks and
bilateral international agreements are leveraged to enter local markets
and develop the necessary integration with the target economies. As far
as Saipem is concerned, institutional assimilation with local markets is
developed by means of special arrangements such as local training
initiatives and employment of local workforce (‘local content’), and place-
specific sustainable activities.
In this context the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP), by
strengthening the links between the EU and its neighbourhood in
institutional, political, social and economic terms, can possibly facilitate
the development of the ‘framework conditions’ needed for EU MNEs
investments in the area. More direct interaction with the European Union
can also facilitate institutional reforms and the pro-investment change in
the individual countries of the area. However, the results presented in
this paper suggest that substantial technological upgrading is still
necessary in order to attract more sophisticated functions and reduce the
current emphasis on purely market seeking investments. In this context,
policies supporting human capital and training (and re-training) of the
local labour force might play a very relevant role.
A note of caution in interpreting these results is needed, as the
different methodologies here implemented can offer only a partial view of
the complexity of MNE strategies. In fact, while the quantitative analysis
provides a picture of the location attributes that drive MNE choices and
the qualitative analysis offers a focus on MNE diversity, generalising
these findings to other contexts can be a misleading exercise. More
research is certainly needed to explore the interaction between location
advantages and MNE heterogeneity in determining FDI decisions for
other samples of countries or regions within countries.
Page 81
81
Table 2.1: Italian new foreign operations in the EU NMs and NCs
Country Number of New Investment Projects
(2003-2008)*
% Outward Direct Investment Positions
(USD, Millions) 2012**
%
EU New Member States (NMs)
Bulgaria 50 9.65 1015.19 1.46
Czech Republic 15 2.9 1986.65 2.86
Estonia 2 0.39 63.69 0.09
Hungary 29 5.6 2683.77 3.87
Latvia 9 1.74 31.22 0.04
Lithuania 2 0.39 0.08 0.00
Malta 1 0.19 693.60 1.00
Poland 41 7.92 15757.23 22.70
Romania 58 11.2 4749.54 6.84
Slovakia 22 4.25 3887.00 5.60
Slovenia 6 1.16 1634.90 2.36
Subtotal 235 45.39 32502.85 46.82
EU Accession and Candidate Countries (ACC)
Albania 18 3.47 1491.64 2.15
Bosnia and H. 11 2.12 231.80 0.33
Croatia 17 3.28 1063.57 1.53
Macedonia 2 0.39 175.83 0.25
Montenegro 4 0.77 239.12 0.34
Serbia 21 4.05 1074.12 1.55
Turkey 23 4.44 6435.62 9.27
Subtotal 96 18.52 10711.70 15.43
ENP Southern Countries (ENP-S)
Algeria 6 1.16 5889.20 8.48
Egypt 10 1.93 5723.42 8.24
Israel 3 0.58 447.40 0.64
Lebanon 5 0.97 56.11 0.08
Libya 5 0.97 278.38 0.40
Morocco 8 1.54 403.55 0.58
Syria 1 0.19 421.96 0.61
Tunisia 17 3.28 997.21 1.44
Subtotal 55 10.62 14217.22 20.48
ENP Eastern Countries (ENP-E)
Armenia 1 0.19 186.77 0.27
Azerbaijan 4 0.77 175.60 0.25
Belarus 1 0.19 48.81 0.07
Georgia 2 0.39 39.20 0.06
Moldova 3 0.58 122.57 0.18
Ukraine 22 4.25 879.26 1.27
Subtotal 33 6.37 1452.21 2.09
Russia 99 19.11 10536.55 15.18
Total 518 100 69420.53 100.00
* Source: FDi Markets data; **Source: IMF data
Page 82
82
Table 2.2: Italian new foreign operations in the EU NMs and NCs by business
activity
Business Activity n %
CORE BUSINESS FUNCTIONS 251 48.45
Construction 27 5.21
Manufacturing 220 42.47
Other 4 0.77
SUPPORT BUSINESS FUNCTIONS 267 51.54
Distribution and Logistics 28 5.41
Marketing, sales and after sales servicing 167 32.23
Retail 121 23.36
Sales, Marketing & Support 44 8.49
Other 2 0.38
ICT Services 0 0
Administrative and management functions 68 13.12
Business Services 67 12.93
Other 1 0.19
Engineering and related technical services 2 0.39
R&D 2 0.39
Total 518 100
Page 83
83
Table 2.3: Italian new foreign operations in the EU NMS and NCs by sector
Sector n %
MANUFACTURING 352 67.95
High-Medium Technology 107 20.66
Automotive Components 12 2.32
Automotive OEM 20 3.86
Consumer Electronics 17 3.28
Industrial Machinery, Equipment & Tools 20 3.86
Other 38 7.34
Medium-Low Technology 245 47.3
Building & Construction Materials 16 3.09
Consumer Products 16 3.09
Food & Tobacco 18 3.47
Textiles 138 26.64
Other 57 11.00
SERVICES 137 26.45
High Knowledge-Intensive 86 16.6
Financial Services 71 13.71
Other 15 2.9
Low Knowledge-Intensive 51 9.85
Hotels & Tourism 14 2.7
Real Estate 16 3.09
Transportation 15 2.9
Other 6 1.16
PRIMARY 29 5.6
Total 518 100
Page 84
84
Table 2.4: Poisson regression results
Dep.Var.: Investment count 1 2 3
Market-Seeking
Internal market size t-1 2.776*** 1.873*** 1.703***
0.511 0.561 0.612
Government consumption 0.080*** 0.086*** 0.089***
0.011 0.01 0.01
Agglomeration -0.054 -0.111** -0.100**
0.04 0.0432 0.044
Efficiency- and Resource-Seeking
Average wage -1.651** -3.411*** -3.241***
0.656 0.596 0.63
Education -0.447 -1.029** -1.019**
0.502 0.504 0.493
Natural resources rents 0.037*** 0.017*** 0.016***
0.004 0.003 0.003
National Framework Conditions
Control of corruption t-1 0.519*** 0.149 0.14
0.148 0.154 0.148
Rule of law t-1 0.024 0.814*** 0.833***
0.194 0.164 0.164
Degree of Integration/Institutional Proximity
Exports 0.009** 0.008* 0.008*
0.004 0.004 0.004
Italian presence 0.450*** 0.458***
0.0534 0.054
EU membership -0.044
0.055
Ex-Colony 2.427
2.392
Geographical Proximity
Distance 0.007*** -0.005* -0.005*
0.002 0.003 0.003
Constant -63.0*** -6.3 -3.6
10.43 14.13 14.95
Observations 518 518 518
National dummies Yes Yes Yes
log likelihood -3286 -3068 -3065
pseudo R-squared 0.908 0.914 0.915
Robust standard errors in parentheses. *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1
Page 85
85
Table 2.5: Summary Table of Case Studies
SAIPEM FINMECCANICA
NMs ENP NMs ENP
Entry mode
Subsidiary
(Croatia,
Romania)
Partnerships and
representative
offices (e.g.
Algeria,
Azerbaijan)
Acquisition
(Poland)
Joint-Ventures
/Partnerships
Market-Seeking Hubs for wider
regions 0
Government Demand /
Hubs for wider
regions
+
Efficiency- and Resource-Seeking
0 + for Natural Resources
+ for Human Capital
0
National Framework
Conditions + + + +
Degree of
Integration/Institutional Proximity
EU
Local
embeddedness and 'local
content'
EU
Bilateral inter-
governmental agreements
Geographical Proximity
Relevant for the
choice of
Croatia
0 0 0
Source: based on interviews with executives
Legend: + Relevant; 0 neutral/not relevant
Page 86
86
Appendix B
GUIDELINES/QUESTIONNAIRE FOR IN-DEPTH INTERVIEWS TO
MULTINATIONAL ENTERPRISES
SECTION 1: GENERAL INFORMATION ON CORPORATE GROUP 1.Key facts about your Enterprise (e.g. general info, presentation, industrial
sector, core strategy / aim, main facts and figures, etc.)
2.Enterprise structure (e.g. geographical distribution of functions/activities)
3.Where does your Enterprise have operations in the European Neighbouring Policy (ENP) area?
Northern Africa / Middle East East and Caucasus
□ Morocco □ Ukraine □ Algeria □ Belarus
□ Tunisia □ Moldova □ Libya □ Georgia
□ Egypt □ Armenia □ Syria □ Azerbaijan
□ Lebanon □ Jordan
□ Palestine □ Israel
SECTION 2: LOCATION
(When answering this question please refer to ENP countries as indicated in question 3b)
4. What are the main considerations behind the selection of a location for
investment within the ENPs? (e.g. natural resources, new markets, costs/efficiency, strategic assets/competences, etc.)
5. What are the functions or activities that your Enterprise locates in the ENPs? (Headquarter, R&D, marketing/sales, production, logistic &
distribution, etc.)
6. Your presence in the UK and in the ENP area is part of a larger strategy? How? (e.g. creation of a corporate global network, penetration vs.
consolidation, relations with competitors, relations with partners, customers/suppliers, etc.)
Page 87
87
7. What are the entry modes of your Enterprise in the ENPs? (e.g. joint venture, M&A, sub-contracting, other business agreements, etc.)
SECTION 3: LOCAL LINKAGES
8. What are the localised social and economics actors your Enterprise
establishes relationships with in the ENPs? (e.g. local firms, other foreign subsidiaries, universities/research centres, trade unions, industry
associations, other organisations, etc.)
9. What is the aim of establishing relationships with local actors in the ENPs? (e.g. suppliers/customers, competitors, technological
collaborations/training/joint research projects, institutional support/bureaucracy, etc.)
10. To what extent relationships with local actors are formalised in the
ENPs? (e.g. formal vs. informal, trust-based/control, permanent vs. temporarily relationships, etc.)
11. Does co-location (in the same subnational region/locality) play a role in
determining what local actors are selected for establishing relationships with in the UK? And in the ENPs?
12. To what extent relationships with local actors in the ENPs contribute to
the innovation activities of your Enterprise? (e.g. what kind of knowledge is transmitted through such relationships? Product/process innovation,
solutions to technical problems, project support, basic vs. advanced knowledge, etc.)
SECTION 4: LOCAL CONTEXT
13. What are the strengths and weaknesses of the ENPs in the long-term
strategy of your Enterprise? Please indicate the importance of the following points from 1 (very weak) to 5 (very strong):
□ Labour cost;
□ Quality of human capital; □ Competition;
□ Political framework; □ Regulation/bureaucracy;
□ Institutional quality; □ Technological/scientific base;
□ Business culture □ Other (please specify)
14. How does your Enterprise reacts to the above mentioned weaknesses in
the ENP context? (e.g. training, lobby, etc.)
Page 88
88
Chapter 3 – Economic Institutions and
the Location Strategies of European
Multinationals in their Geographical
Neighbourhood
3.1 Introduction
Over the past two decades the European Union (EU) has strongly
intensified economic and political relationships with its geographically
neighbouring countries. Two rounds of enlargement in 2004 and 2007
brought several ex-socialist economies under the aegis of the EU, Croatia
joined in 2013, and more countries are currently candidate to
membership. In addition, the European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) was
launched in 2004, with the aim of creating a ring of countries across the
Mediterranean and the East of Europe with which the EU could intensify
economic linkages as well as develop peaceful and cooperative
relationships (COM, 2004; Wesselink and Boschma, 2012). The complex
set of connections that the EU has established with a wide range of
actors in the area has gradually enhanced the economic and institutional
integration between the EU itself and its counterparts. While full
economic integration was attained with the New Member States (NMS),
the interactions with candidate countries and ENP countries are still
growing.
In this scenario, Multinational Enterprises (MNEs) from the Old EU-
15 members have had wide and increasing opportunities to expand their
operations within the continent and beyond its immediate borders. The
aim of this paper is to study the location of investments undertaken by
EU-15 MNEs towards a wide set of locations integrated or linked to
Page 89
89
different extents the Union: NMS, Accession and Candidate Countries as
well as ENP countries and the Russian Federation.19 This is a highly
heterogeneous group of EU members, transition and developing
countries, the latter two groups having in common their geographical
proximity to the EU. This entails a set of privileged relationships with the
Union, ranging from full membership in the case of NMS, accession
treaties, action plans within the ENP framework, and bilateral
agreements in the case of Russia.
In particular the paper aims to analyse the role of economic
institutions in shaping MNE greenfield investment location decisions
once new opportunities and geographical options are made available by
tighter economic integration or more favourable preconditions for foreign
investments as a result of formal agreements. By exploiting the unique
conditions offered by the selected group of countries with varying degrees
of economic integration with the EU and highly heterogeneous
institutional conditions, the paper focuses on three key dimensions of
the recipient economies: (i) regulatory characteristics connected to both
national labour markets and business conditions; (ii) legal aspects
relevant in market transactions, i.e. property rights protection and
degree of contract enforcement; (iii) weight of government intervention in
the host countries’ economies.
The contribution of the paper is threefold. First, it innovatively
combines the literature on institutional conditions with the analysis of
MNEs location strategies by focusing, differently from other existing
works, on economic institutions and their different dimensions. In fact,
although the institutional environment of recipient countries has been
the object of analysis of a number of studies, the great majority of this
19
The countries here considered are 21, namely: (a) NMS: Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Estonia, Hungary,
Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Romania, Slovakia and Slovenia; (b) Accession and candidate countries:
Albania, Croatia (which joined the EU in July 2013) and Turkey; (c) ENP: Ukraine; Algeria, Egypt, Israel,
Jordan, Morocco and Tunisia; (d) Russian Federation.
Page 90
90
literature focuses on political, rather than economic, features of the
national institutional setting (e.g. Campos and Kinoshita, 2003). Second,
the paper acknowledges right from the start the high heterogeneity of
MNE behaviour with reference to economic institutions, therefore making
use in the empirical strategy of a random-coefficient Mixed Logit (MXL)
model (still rarely employed in this field of research)20 in order to fully
capture this heterogeneity and its drivers.21 The investigation of the
diversity of MNE preferences is still an underdeveloped area of enquiry,
especially as far as quantitative analyses are concerned, while qualitative
approaches have already started to explore such a dimension (e.g. Phelps
and Wu, 2009). Hence, this work contributes to the ongoing scholarly
debate by empirically testing the nature and magnitude of MNE
preferences with respect to recipient countries’ institutions. In so doing,
the paper also explores how heterogeneous preferences in MNE
localisation strategies vary across different sectors of economic activity
and business functions. Third, notwithstanding the increasing geo-
political and economic importance of the EU ‘neighbourhood’, there is
very limited empirical evidence on the (evolving) position in global
investment networks of this set of countries. Filling this gap is crucially
important for the design of appropriate development policies by the
European Union, as well as for national governments and a number of
international organisations active in the area (e.g. United Nation
Development Programme and the World Bank among others).
The analysis is based on the combination of data on 6,888 greenfield
investment projects undertaken between 2003 and 2008 by MNEs from
EU-15 countries into a set of 21 destination countries, and Fraser
Institute data on their economic institutional conditions. The paper
firstly applies a standard Conditional Logit model in order to maximise
20
See Defever (2006; 2012) and Cheng (2008) for previous modelling of MNEs location choices with
random-coefficient Mixed Logit. 21
This methodology allows to model variation of preferences over location attributes in MNEs strategies.
Page 91
91
comparability with existing studies and, in a subsequent step, explores
MNEs’ behavioural heterogeneity by means of random-coefficient Mixed
Logit. Although we should refrain from any causal interpretation of the
results, the empirical analysis suggests that economic institutions play a
highly significant role in shaping greenfield investment decisions after
controlling for other economic characteristics of the host economies,
showing significant heterogeneity in MNEs’ preferences over different
institutional settings both by sector and by function of the MNE.
The paper is structured as follows: Section 2 provides an overview of
the relevant literature on MNE location behaviour and on the role of
economic institutions in attracting foreign investors, identifying the main
research questions and hypotheses to be tested. Section 3 describes data
and a variable used in the analysis, and provides some descriptive
evidence about the location of European foreign investment in the group
of countries of interest and their institutional conditions. The
methodology is discussed in Section 4, while Section 5 presents the
empirical results. Finally, some concluding remarks and tentative policy
implications are drawn in Section 6.
3.2 MNEs location strategies, host economy
advantages and institutional conditions
3.2.1 MNEs and host economy advantages
The analytical framework for the analysis of MNE location decisions is
Dunning (1977, 1988)’s Ownership-Location-Internalisation (OLI) eclectic
paradigm. The OLI framework implies that the existence of ownership-
specific advantages (O) possessed by some firms may lead to the decision
to internalise (I) activities and to undertake operations in sites endowed
with location-specific advantages (L). Consequently, the combination of
Page 92
92
(O), (L) and (I) advantages justifies MNEs’ existence and their ability to
maximize their productive efficiency while minimising the impact of
uncertain and imperfect markets on their operations.
However, whilst the interactions between ownership and
internalisation advantages have been extensively investigated (see for
example the seminal work by Buckley and Casson, 1976; Teece, 1977;
Rugman, 1981; Hennart, 1982), the study of location advantages has
suffered from a number of conceptual and empirical constraints, among
which the problematic conceptualisation of space and the severe
restriction in data availability (McCann and Mudambi, 2005; Iammarino
and McCann, 2013).
In the traditional empirical economics literature attention has been
directed to factor endowments in a broad sense, including, among other
location drivers, physical infrastructure (e.g. Coughlin et al., 1991), tax
differentials (e.g. Devereux and Griffith, 1998), policy instruments (Basile
et al., 2008), and labour costs (e.g. Liu et al., 2010). Urban and regional
economics contributions have focused on agglomeration economies,
spatially bounded externalities and the geographical concentration of
economic activity as drivers of MNEs’ location behaviour (e.g. Head et al.
1995; 1999; Guimarães et al., 2000; Crozet et al., 2004; Disdier and
Mayer, 2004; Devereux et al., 2007; Mayer et al. 2010; Hilber and Voicu,
2010; Spies, 2010). Furthermore, empirical studies within the New
Economic Geography have shown that not only MNEs tend to replicate
the location decisions of previous firms with similar attributes, but
agglomeration effects also act through demand linkages (Head and
Mayer, 2004) as well as specialised inputs supply (LaFountain, 2005).
The Economic Geography literature has more recently focussed on
the fragmentation of international activities of MNEs along functional
lines. This stream of research has highlighted that MNE location
Page 93
93
behaviour and the fragmentation of production processes into different
functions respond to spatial concentration mechanisms (Defever, 2006 &
2012; Strauss-Kahn and Vives, 2009). The concept of Global Value
Chains has been more recently added to this debate with the analysis of
the linkages between MNEs location behaviour along value chains and
the innovative and socio-economic environment of host locations
(Crescenzi et al., 2014). These analyses suggest that MNE location of
different business functions/Global Value Chain stages may follow
different corporate strategies according to the characteristics of the
investor, the location and the specific operation offshored. Besides, the
location choice is influenced by the phase of firms’ life cycle, leading to a
co-evolution of location decisions and accumulation of firms’ capabilities
(Stam, 2007). Entry modes of MNEs into foreign markets are also shaped
by spatial heterogeneity through the interaction between the strength of
local externalities and firms’ competencies (Mariotti et al., 2014).
Technological regimes and systems of innovation conditions have
been extensively analysed in the literature at the intersection between
Economic Geography and International Business (Beugelsdijk and
Mudambi, 2013). The international spatial allocation of MNE activities
tends to be marked by the existence of ‘core and periphery’ patterns
according to the complexity of activities (McCann and Mudambi, 2005),
leading to differences in territorial trajectories and growth dynamics and
to cumulative causation mechanisms (e.g. Cantwell and Iammarino,
1998 & 2001). Since technological development tends to be cumulative in
nature and characterised by elements that are bounded in specific
places, it is suggested that MNEs establish networks for innovation
across locations by tapping into regional profiles of specialisation and
strengthening local technological competencies, thus feeding a regional
hierarchy of centres across and within national boundaries (Cantwell and
Iammarino, 2003). The interactions between regional knowledge bases
Page 94
94
and MNEs technological strategies are investigated in terms of knowledge
spillovers and externalities, particularly in the European (e.g. Cantwell
and Santangelo, 1999; Cantwell and Piscitello, 2005) and the US context
(Almeida, 1996).
3.2.2 Economic institutions and MNEs investments
The importance of economic institutions for economic performance
and investments is widely acknowledged in the political economy
literature (Knack and Keefer, 1995; Hall and Jones, 1999; Acemoglu and
Robinson, 2005). Economic institutions affect the structure of incentives
in the economy, influencing the stability and predictability of market
(and non-market) transactions. In this sense they play a crucial role in
shaping capital accumulation and (public and private) investments at all
levels (Acemoglu et al., 2005). However, empirical research has primarily
focused on domestic capital formation, with limited attention to the
importance of economic institutions in driving foreign MNE investment
decisions. Institutions influence MNEs’ operations abroad by a) directly
shaping the returns on their investments and the associated risk (direct
effect); b) indirectly impacting upon other key investment drivers such as
human capital and infrastructure (indirect effect) (see Knack and Keefer,
1995).
In particular the existing literature – still rather limited in terms of
geographical coverage – has failed both to agree on the direct importance
of institutional conditions versus other location drivers, and to reach a
clear consensus on what typologies of institutions matter (if at all) for
MNE investment decisions. The seminal contribution by Wheeler and
Mody (1992) – looking at foreign investments of US Multinationals –
combines a number of institutional indicators (including ‘stability of
labour’, ‘red tapes’, ‘quality of the legal system’, etc.) and compares them
with ‘classical’ factor endowment, agglomeration and ‘openness’
indicators. The empirical analysis concludes that US investments abroad
Page 95
95
are not driven by the institutional environment of the recipient
economies but by other factors only indirectly influenced by institutions:
even though sectoral and geographical heterogeneity turns out to be
significant, factor endowments and openness remain the key investment
drivers.
This evidence has been challenged by a number of subsequent
studies that try to open the institutional ‘black-box’, aiming to
disentangle the relative importance of specific sub-components of the
host institutional environment and its ‘distance’ from that of the MNE’s
home country. Very diverse sets of institutional conditions have been
tested in different studies under the constraint of data availability for
different groups of countries and time periods. Wei (2000) is the first
study to re-open the debate by means of a comprehensive data set on
bilateral FDI flows: his results suggest a negative relationship between
corruption in the host country and FDI. Henisz (2000) looks at the
negative impact of governance costs, while Campos and Kinoshita (2003)
suggest that bureaucracy quality and rule of law are relevant drivers of
FDI. In a similar vein, Globerman and Shapiro (2002) look at both inward
and outward FDI in a large sample of countries, finding a significant and
positive association between MNEs’ investments and a composite
indicator of institutional quality. Meon and Sekkat (2004) investigate the
Middle East and North Africa (MENA) economies suggesting that it is
political risk in general, rather than one particular institutional aspect,
which limits FDI into a given country in the area. Bénassy-Quéré et al.
(2007) – who look at the link between bilateral FDI flows and institutional
quality (captured by means of Fraser Institute indicators as in the
present paper) – conclude that “good institutions almost always increase
the amount of FDI received” (p.780), at the same time stressing the
heterogeneity associated to distance in terms of institutional
Page 96
96
arrangements between the origin and the destination country of the
investment.
A few complementary studies have looked at MNE location strategies
at the sub-national level: within countries the degree of economic
integration is higher and (formal) institutional arrangements are
generally more homogenous, making it easier to capture the impact of
other aspects of governance quality. Phelps et al. (2003), Phelps (2004),
and Fuller (2005) find evidence of the importance of sub-national
supportive institutions in different areas of the UK. Du et al. (2008)
investigate the location decisions of US MNEs investing in Chinese
provinces over the period 1993-2001 by looking at several indices of
economic institutions. Using a conditional logit model the authors
suggest that US MNE location behaviour reacts positively to stronger
protection of property rights, relatively limited role of government in
business, lower government corruption and more adequate contracting
environment. These elements provide strong incentives to US MNEs to
locate in Chinese provinces.
Another small number of studies have concentrated their attention on
specific economic institutions and MNE behaviour. Three key dimensions
emerge as the core components of economic institutions with a potential
direct impact on the location decisions of foreign investments: regulatory
framework conditions (with reference to both labour and capital
investments, i.e. labour market and business regulations respectively),
the legal environment (property rights and contracts’ enforcement) and
the role of public expenditure in the economy.
Labour market regulation
Existing literature on the relationship between labour market
regulation and foreign investment is scant. Using OECD data, Dewitt et
al. (2003) highlight that unfavourable employment protection differential
Page 97
97
between destination and origin countries is harmful for investment.
Other studies suggest that more flexible labour markets in recipient
countries are positively correlated to higher inflows of investment from
abroad (Cooke, 1997; Javorcik and Spatareanu, 2005). On the other
hand, locating in a country with a more regulated labour market could
be associated with a firm’s higher productivity: thus, some stages of
production or certain sectors will tend to locate in more regulated labour
markets (Haucap et al., 1997).
Therefore, beyond the conventional belief and weak evidence that
more rigid labour markets represent a cost for foreign investors, it is
possible to argue that countries with different labour market regulations
attract different types of foreign investment. For instance, Lee (2003)
suggests that the existence of labour unions positively affects firms’
greenfield location of new plants in the Korean automotive industry.
Delbecque et al. (2014) – evaluating the impact of labour market
institutions on the location strategies of French MNEs in the OECD
countries – suggest that labour market rigidity might reduce FDI
attractiveness, but the magnitude of the effect is limited when compared
to other investment drivers such as market potential.
Business regulation
The empirical literature on the role of business regulation in general
economic performance has only recently appeared (Djankov et al., 2006).
In this respect, the quality of the business environment is a crucial
determinant of performance since it stimulates investment. Accordingly,
more business-friendly environments can be attractive for MNEs, which
can operate in a context where bureaucratic and administrative costs are
less relevant. Daude and Stein (2007) suggest that the regulatory quality
is the single most important investment driver. Similar conclusions are
reached by Kaditi (2013) looking at South-eastern European countries.
Positive effects of a more deregulated business environment are also
Page 98
98
suggested by Kaplan et al. (2011): however, the latter study also
highlights that such effects are only temporary and much less important
than conventional wisdom holds. Globerman and Shapiro (2002)
conclude that it is not regulation per se that matters but the
effectiveness of its implementation and enforcement.
Property rights
The role of property rights is widely debated in the existing literature
on economic institutions. Acemoglu et al. (2001) claim that the protection
of property rights plays a crucial role in shaping long-run development
trajectories. First, more secure property rights both encourage
individuals to invest and raise return rates by protecting against
expropriation from the government or powerful groups (Besley, 1995;
Goldstein and Udry, 2008). Secondly, uncertain property rights may
determine costs that individuals have to pay to protect their property.
Thirdly, secure property rights may facilitate gains from trade by
enabling the mobility of assets as factors of production (Besley, 1995). As
a consequence, MNEs may prefer locations where property rights are
better acknowledged and rightfully protected by the legal system. Again
there is no consensus in the empirical literature on the practical
importance of this particular institutional aspect: Bénassy-Quéré et al.
(2007) and Du et al. (2008) find a positive and significant effect, while
Daniele and Marani (2011) suggest that only organised crime works as a
deterrent for foreign investments while there is no effect of other property
rights infringements.
Contract enforcement
The importance of contract enforcement relies on the fact that market
transactions and the general functioning of the economy are more
predictable when economic agents know that contracts will be legally
binding and they can use courts to resolve business disputes. In this
Page 99
99
respect, Markusen (2001) suggests that MNEs benefit from locations with
strong and reliable contract enforcement since they can credibly commit
to investment. Daude and Stein (2007) find a positive and significant
impact in a large cross section of world economies, Kaditi (2013)
confirms this result for Southern-European countries and Du et al.
(2008) find evidence that better contract enforcement in Chinese regions
attracts US multinationals.
Government Intervention
From a conceptual point of view, a large role of government could lead
to inefficiencies and rent-seeking (Shleifer and Vishny, 1999). Therefore,
MNEs may prefer location where governments play a relatively marginal
role in the economy. For instance, Du et al. (2008) argue that stronger
government intervention in business operations tends to discourage
MNEs from locating in a particular region. Pogrebnyakov and Maitland
(2011) reach similar conclusions looking at the telecommunication
market in Europe and South America. On the other hand, however,
governments often buy products from foreign firms, either directly or
through state-owned enterprises, or purchase goods from domestic firms
that are vertically connected with MNEs’ subsidiaries. In this sense,
larger public sector consumption may be an appealing feature for MNEs
since it increases the size of host countries’ markets.
3.3 Data
3.3.1 MNE Investment
We employ information on individual investment projects undertaken
by MNEs over the period 2003-2008 provided by the FDi Markets-
Financial Times Business database, which includes all cross-border
Page 100
100
greenfield and brownfield investment.22 Foreign firms’ operations are
identified by Financial Times analysts through a wide variety of sources,
including nearly 9,000 media sources, project data from over 1,000
industry organisations and investment agencies, and data purchased
from market research and publication companies. Furthermore, each
project is cross-referenced across multiple sources and more than 90% of
investment projects are validated with company sources. In addition,
Crescenzi et al. (2014) show that investment decisions captured by this
database are highly correlated with other macro-level data on FDI from
UNCTAD and the World Bank.
Specifically, this paper makes use of investment projects originated in
EU-15 countries and directed towards EU New Member States (NMS) and
European Neighbouring Countries (NCs), the latter being Accession
Countries (ACC), European Neighbourhood Policy (ENP) countries and
the Russian Federation.23 Since the aim of the analysis here is to
investigate MNE location choices, only data on greenfield investment are
considered, since the location of brownfield investment is clearly a
function of greenfield investments undertaken in previous periods:
hence, only greenfield investment are subject to a choice based on
location attributes.
Table 3.1 provides information on new investment projects in 2003-
2008 originating from EU-15 countries in NMS (panel A) and NCs, that is
Balkan and Eastern countries (panel B) and Northern African and Middle
East countries (panel C). It is not surprising that about 62% of EU-15
investors still choose to remain in the EU by selecting a destination
22
In this database joint ventures are tracked only when they lead to new physical operations, whereas
Mergers & Acquisitions as well as other equity investment are not included. Overall, the inclusion in the
dataset is conditional on the fact that investment projects generate new employment or capital investment. 23
Investment from the EU-27 and the whole world towards the same destination countries are also
employed to test the attractiveness of the countries of interest with different samples.
Page 101
101
among NMS.24 In this area, Romania, Poland and Hungary are the top
three destinations, with about 14.7%, 10.9% and 9.8% of EU-15
investment, respectively. The trend over the 2000s, however, suggests
that the huge attractiveness of NMS reached its peak in anticipation to
the full EU membership and it is now declining, replicating a pattern
rather typical of previous EU enlargements and restructuring. In the
NCs, instead, MNEs’ presence has increased particularly since the mid-
2000s. In terms of cumulative inflows, the most selected destination
outside the European Union is Russia, with a share of 19%. The rest of
the Balkans and the East attracts an additional 10% of EU-15
investment in the area, whilst Northern Africa and Middle East account
for about 8%.
[Table 3.1 here]
3.3.2 Institutional Conditions
A large number of institutional variables are publicly available,
ranging from measures of governance to political indicators.
Nevertheless, as mentioned in previous sections, this paper is primarily
concerned with the notion of economic institutions. The aim is in fact
covering some aspects of national institutional settings that directly
characterise a country’s economic life and affect the degree of
attractiveness towards foreign investment.
In line with other existing studies on foreign investments and
institutions (e.g. Bénassy-Quéré et al. 2007; Delbeque et al. 2011), we
employ data from the Fraser Institute as it provides information for all
countries covered in our analysis. This dataset contains a number of
indicators reflecting several economic dimensions of national
institutional contexts. In particular, we employ the following four
24
Most of NMS entered the EU in 2004, while Romania and Bulgaria joined in 2007.
Page 102
102
measures of institutional quality: labour market regulation, business
regulation, protection of property rights, and legal enforcement of
contracts. In addition, we use data from the World Bank’s World
Development Indicators (WDI) to include the relevance of government
expenditure in destination countries. With these five indicators we cover
three main areas of the economic-institutional environment: (i) regulatory
aspects (in labour market and business), (ii) legal aspects (property rights
and contract enforcement), and (iii) extent of public intervention in the
economy.
Labour market regulation: our variable for labour market regulation
proxies the flexibility of national labour markets. This is an index
encompassing information on countries’ hiring and firing rules, collective
bargaining, worker dismissal costs, conscription, working hours and
minimum wage. Higher values of the index are associated to more flexible
regulatory settings.
Business regulation: this indicator includes costs associated to
bureaucracy, taxes, bribes and other administrative burdens that may
discourage MNEs from starting a business in a country. As above, this is
an index with higher values reflecting a less regulated environment.
Protection of property rights: we measure property rights protection by
means of an index assuming higher values when property rights are
more protected.
Legal enforcement of contracts: this aspect refers to the capacity and
effectiveness of courts to enforce rules and contracts between parties.
This is measured with an index taking higher values for countries with
better contracting environments.
Government intervention: we employ the percentage of general
government’s final consumption expenditure on GDP, as provided by the
World Bank’s WDI.
Page 103
103
Table 3.1 above includes information on the characteristics of the
economic institutions of the countries under analysis. Institutional
conditions are heterogeneous across the countries of the EU geographical
vicinity but generally comparable. The NMs show, on average, higher
values of the institutional indicators and generally higher shares of
public expenditure in total GDP when compared to other countries in the
group. The Balkans and the East, in comparison with the NMs, show
lower average values for the economic institution indicators: this group
includes some countries candidate to EU membership, a process that
formally requires gradual institutional convergence towards EU
standards. The final set of countries includes Northern Africa and the
Middle East. In this group average values of the institutional indicators
are upward biased by Israel and Jordan: after excluding these latter two
countries, the average institutional quality of the area is lower than in
the other groups. Overall, the countries covered in the analysis offer an
ample variety of institutional arrangements that is deemed particularly
suitable to test the location behaviour of MNEs.
3.3.3 Other location drivers
The analysis of the link between MNE location choices and economic
institutions requires taking into account other relevant characteristics of
the host economies. In line with the literature on MNE location choices,
this paper employs several control variables that reflect different
potential drivers for the localisation strategies of MNEs.
First, demand is considered as one of the main factors attracting
European investors into foreign markets. Both internal and external
demand is taken into account. Internal demand fundamentally reflects
the market size of the host countries and it is measured through their
own GDP at constant prices, in 2005 US dollars. In line with theory and
Page 104
104
existing evidence, it is expected that a larger market size will attract more
foreign investors (Wheeler and Mody, 1992; Billington, 1999). External
demand is instead captured by means of a standard market potential
(MP) indicator á la Harris (1954), as customary in the literature. Similar
to the internal market demand, it is expected that market potential is
positively associated with the location strategies of MNEs.
Trade costs are controlled for by employing a measure of geographical
distance between the most populated cities of origin and destination
countries in the sample: intuitively, greater geographical distance is
expected to discourage foreign investors (Bevan and Estrin, 2004;
Kleinert and Toubal, 2010). Furthermore, a dummy variable indicating
national border contiguity between origin and destination countries is
included.
Some characteristics of national labour markets are also controlled
for. The education level of host countries is taken into account by means
of the ratio of secondary school age population to total population.
Notwithstanding the existence of better proxies of human capital at the
national level, this appears to be the only available indicator for the
destination countries in our sample. A positive relationship is expected
between this variable and the location of MNEs. Moreover, the effect of
average wage is indirectly captured through per capita GDP (see Alsan et
al., 2006). Indeed, wage data are rarely available for most destination
countries in the sample and per capita GDP may represent a fair
alternative. A negative relationship is expected between this proxy for
input cost and MNEs location behaviour.
Furthermore, different measures of agglomeration economies are
considered. The percentage of urban population on total population is
included to control for the relative importance of cities in generating
Page 105
105
externalities (Glaeser et al., 1992; Head et al., 1995). An indicator for the
stock of past foreign investment in location j is constructed. This
measure captures firm-specific agglomeration effects that may derive
from the advantages accruing to an MNE by locating where other MNEs
have previously invested. Hence, the existing stock of investment should
inform whether firms’ past experience drives further location decisions
(Basile et al., 2008). In constructing this variable available information
on brownfield investment is also considered because corporate
expansions signal to a new investor that previous multinational firms
attach additional importance to a specific location. Since the mere count
of investment projects undertaken in previous years does not reveal
much about investors’ behaviour, the analysis takes into consideration
the potential occurrence of a ‘national ownership’ effect in each time
period, which would suggests the existence of patterns in the strategies
of MNEs on the basis of their nationality. Therefore, a stock variable is
generated for each location according to the MNEs’ country of origin: in
line with studies exploring the role of agglomeration externalities, a
positive relationship is expected with the location choice (Wheeler and
Mody, 1992; Barrel and Pain, 1999).
A set of cultural variables includes dummies indicating whether
origin and destination countries share cultural characteristics, thereby
controlling for whether countries speak common official or unofficial
languages, had a common colonizer after 1945, had a colonial
relationship after 1945, and have been a single national entity. These
variables are frequently employed in studies on the internationalisation
decisions of firms (Rauch, 1999; Perez-Villar and Seric, 2014).
Finally, national fixed effects are included to control for any
unobserved factor that operates at the country level and may play a role
in attracting foreign investment.
Page 106
106
Appendix C provides a description of all variables employed in the
analysis; all are available for years from 2003 to 2008.
3.4 Methodology
3.4.1 Capturing MNEs heterogeneous preferences for economic
institutions: Mixed Logit Models
Following McFadden (1974), the great majority of the empirical
literature on investment location decisions implies that MNE strategies
are fundamentally driven by individual maximization choices. In other
words, it is thought that MNEs select locations on the basis of the
expected utility or profit that each site may yield on the basis of the
characteristics of the host economies. Conditional Logit (CL) models allow
exploring the effect of alternative-specific attributes on the probabilities
that firms select a particular location among the set of alternatives. The
main assumption in the CL is the Independence of Irrelevant Alternatives
(IIA), which implies that the error term εij is independent across
locations.
An extension of the analysis of MNE location behaviour is developed
by implementing a Mixed Logit (MXL) model. This is basically a
generalization of the standard logit and offers the possibility to relax
completely any restriction associated with the IIA. The existing literature
on MNE location choices has rarely employed MXL, despite the
advantages associated to it. Notable exceptions are relatively recent and
include works by Defever (2006; 2012), Cheng (2008) and Basile et al.
(2008). The present analysis implements a random-coefficient derivation
of the MXL, in line with Defever (2006; 2012) and Cheng (2008), with the
aim of analysing whether MNEs have heterogeneous preferences over
location attributes when they strategically select a location for greenfield
Page 107
107
investment.25 The analysis of the literature has shown that it is
unrealistic to expect unambiguous results. Indeed, this paper aims to
test if the lack of consensus on the role of specific institutional features
of host economies might be explained precisely by the heterogeneity of
MNEs’ preferences over specific institutional attributes. It is plausible
that some MNEs tend to prefer locations with weaker economic
institutions because they aim at bypassing or eluding transparent
market mechanisms when undertaking business operations abroad. For
instance, weaker economic institutions might facilitate rent-seeking or
moral hazard behaviour, the creation of monopolistic positions, or simply
allow capturing a share of host countries’ public resources, through
lobbying, subsidies or less legalized channels, such as corruption. This is
particularly relevant in the case of the present study since the locations
of interest encompass several transition and developing economies that
are characterized by little transparency, weak democratic decision-
making processes as well as strong vested interests that may influence
market mechanisms. To take this into consideration, random coefficients
are attached to variables of economics institutions, while fixed
coefficients are kept for the remaining location drivers.
Accounting for heterogeneity of MNE locations’ characteristics
formally means that the parameter β, associated with an observable
characteristic x of location j, can vary randomly across MNEs. Formally,
the profit equation that each firm maximizes when investing abroad can
be specified as:
(1) 𝜋𝑖𝑗 = 𝛽𝑖′𝑥𝑖𝑗 + 휀𝑖𝑗
25
Basile et al. (2008) adopt an error-component derivation aimed at investigating substitution patterns
among alternative locations.
Page 108
108
where the vector of parameters β′ for firm i reflects firm’s preference over
observable location attributes x. Thus, in the setting of random-
coefficient MLX parameters β are not fixed as in CL, but they can reveal
MNEs’ taste variation regarding location characteristics. Coefficients vary
across MNEs in the population with distribution density f (β). Following
Train (2003), each MNE knows its own βi (as well as εij) for all alternatives
and select the location that offers higher profit. However, random
coefficients βi remain unobserved and it is only possible to specify a
distribution for them26. By doing this, parameters θ (i.e. mean b and
standard deviation s) of the coefficients βi can be estimated. In this
paper, a normal distribution is specified for random coefficients
associated with economic institutions. Thus, the analysis will inform
whether MNEs exhibit heterogeneous tastes over different economic
institutional settings. The unconditional choice probability to be
estimated takes the following form:
(2) 𝑃𝑖𝑗 = ∫ (𝑒𝛽′𝑥𝑖𝑗
∑ 𝑒𝛽′𝑥𝑖𝑘𝑘
) 𝑓(𝛽|𝜃)𝑑𝛽
This is the MXL probability, which basically consists of a weighted
average of the product of logit equations evaluated at different values of β
and where weights depend on the density f (β | θ) (Train, 2003). As
mentioned, the aim is to estimate parameters θ, which is possible by
means of simulation methods, which allow approximating probabilities
for any given value of parameters θ. Thus, the simulated probability SP is
initially computed as an average probability at different levels of β:
(3) 𝑆𝑃𝑖𝑗 =1
𝑅∑
𝑒𝛽𝑟𝑥𝑖𝑗
∑ 𝑒𝛽𝑟𝑥𝑖𝑘𝑘
𝑅
𝑟=1
26
If the researcher knows βi, this would allow estimating a choice probability similar to CL.
Page 109
109
where R is the number of draws, or replications. Basically, for
calculating the SPij, the logit equation (2) is computed with each draw r,
and eventually averaged. In the present analysis, R=500. Successively,
SPij is entered into the log-likelihood function to obtain the following
simulated log-likelihood SLL:
(4) 𝑆𝐿𝐿 = ∑ ∑ 𝑦𝑖𝑗𝑙𝑛𝑆𝑃𝑖𝑗
𝐽
𝑗=1
𝐼
𝑖=1
where yij=1 if firm i chooses location j, zero otherwise. Therefore, it is
possible to obtain the Maximum Simulated Likelihood (MSL) estimator
which takes the value of θ that maximizes SLL.
3.5 Empirical Results
All estimations are conducted for EU-15 MNEs investing in European
New Member States, Candidate/Accession, ENP countries and the
Russian Federation. Additionally, estimations on investment from the
EU-27 and the whole world are also run as a benchmark and robustness
check in order to increase the size of the sample of foreign investments.27
3.5.1 Baseline results
Table 3.2 presents the results from CL estimations. Column 1
provides information for the baseline specification. The results suggest
that three out of five indicators of the quality of economic institutions
exhibit a positive and statistically significant relationship with the
location decisions of MNEs: business regulation, government expenditure
and legal enforcement of contracts. Conversely, labour market regulation
and property rights protection are not significant. This specification
27
CL results are qualitatively identical to EU-15 results and are available upon request. The main MXL
results are included in the tables.
Page 110
110
includes controls for market demand variables, proxies for trade costs
(i.e. geographical distance between origin and destination countries and
a dummy for contiguity), as well as dummies for cultural characteristics.
All controls show the expected sign. Next, in columns 2 and 3, labour
market characteristics such as education level of the population and
average wage are included. Both enter the regression with the expected
signs, although average wage is only weakly significant. Finally, we take
into account agglomeration forces in the last two columns of Table 3.2.
These turn out to be strongly correlated with the location strategies of
MNEs. With the gradual inclusion of all our controls, the relevance of
economic institutions evidenced in column 1 remains unchanged. MNEs
from EU-15 appear to be sensitive to some aspects of the national
economic institutional setting of host countries. More favourable
business regulation, a stronger presence of the state in the economy and
an appropriate contracting environment play a positive role in shaping
the strategic behaviour of MNEs.
[Table 3.2 around here]
Moreover, our more extended specification (column 5) suggests that
internal market size is positively associated with MNE decisions, whereas
market potential becomes non-significant. Similarly, education loses
importance, probably indicating that MNEs from EU-15 delocalize in the
area of interest some business functions for which more basic skills are
needed. Average wage is statistically insignificant. Finally, both measures
of agglomeration are strongly and positively associated with the
dependent variable. This suggests that agglomeration economies are
likely to play a role in attracting MNEs. Similarly, a pattern of localization
that follows national ownership lines emerges. In other words, MNEs
from the same country of origin tend to undertake investment projects in
the same locations.
Page 111
111
Overall, the CL estimations are in line with the existing literature.
While it is impossible to find any association between MNEs and the
functioning of national labour markets, a less regulated business
environment seems to attract foreign investment. Similarly, with respect
to the legal aspects of economic institutions, different elements play
different roles: the enforcement of contracts is a relevant institutional
aspect for MNEs behaviour suggesting that MNEs are sensitive to the
respect of formal contracts. On the other hand, property rights protection
does not appear to be a driver of location decisions. Finally, the role of
the state is considered as a positive determinant in MNE choices,
presumably because they can take advantage from public intervention in
the economy or because national governments expenditure is also aimed
at consumption. These results suggest that a further investigation of the
heterogeneity of MNE preferences is appropriate: thus, the following
analysis explores the relationship between MNE strategic behaviour and
the economic institutional environment of recipient economies by means
of MXL. This approach makes it also possible to relax the IIA assumption
that treats the substitution of alternative locations rather unrealistically.
3.5.2 Preference heterogeneity
In the MXL estimations heterogeneity is allowed to occur only for
coefficients associated with economic institutions (variables of interest),
while other regressors are kept fixed. Therefore, MXL estimates
coefficient parameters θ, namely means b and standard deviations s, for
variables that are specified to be random. MXL estimation results are
presented in Table 3.3, where the extended specification is run for EU-
15, EU-27 and world MNEs (columns 1, 3, and 5, respectively). As far as
economic institutions are concerned, previous results are largely
confirmed by the estimated means b of coefficients. Regulation is a driver
of MNEs location choices in the context of national business
Page 112
112
environments, but not in labour markets, although the mean coefficient
for the latter is weakly significant when we consider MNEs from the
whole world. A strong role of government expenditure in neighbouring
countries is perceived as a positive signal by EU-15 MNEs and world
MNEs, while it does not seem to be very relevant for the EU-27 sample
(possibly because some of these investors are from NMS, which may be
relatively more deterred by a large government role in the host economy).
With respect to the national legal framework, a more effective contracting
environment represents an important location determinant for foreign
investment for all MNEs across specifications; as in previous results,
property rights protection exhibits insignificant mean coefficients.
The MXL estimation also provides standard deviations s for the
coefficients of economic institutions, which are specified to vary
randomly. Some of the estimated standard deviations of these coefficients
are statistically significant, suggesting that parameters do vary across
the population of MNEs under analysis. Therefore, standard deviations
can be interpreted as heterogeneity terms and suggest that different
MNEs attach different importance to economic institutions, explaining
the lack of consensus in the existing literature on the importance of some
of their components. Values of b and s are employed in columns 2, 4 and
6 in order to gain insights on the extent of the heterogeneous preferences
of MNE strategies over economic institutions. For instance, in the case of
EU-15 MNEs, the variable for business regulation takes parameters
b=0.475 and s=0.472, such that for 84.4% of the MNE population the
parameter is above zero, while for the 15.6% it is below. In other words,
the large majority of FDI originating in the EU-15 systematically locates
where doing business is characterised by weaker bureaucratic burdens,
while the rest prefers to locate where business is more strongly
regulated. This figure only varies slightly when EU-27 and world MNEs
are considered (80.2% and 76.1%, respectively). More heterogeneous
preferences emerge when we look at parameters related to the protection
Page 113
113
of property rights. In the case of EU-15 and EU-27 MNEs, estimates
indicate that the population is indeed split into two halves. This balance
between shares of the population with respect to opposite preferences
over property rights protection also explains the insignificance of the
mean coefficient. Finally, as far as the legal enforcement of contracts is
concerned, taste variation over this aspect of economic institutions is far
less pronounced, with most MNEs preferring locations where the
contracting environment is generally certain. Nevertheless, there is a very
small portion of MNEs in the population that decides to locate where
contract enforcement is weaker.
[Table 3.3 here]
Figure 3.1 depicts probability density functions for economic
institutions by employing parameters estimated by MXL: the graphs refer
to those aspects of economic institutions that exhibit significant
heterogeneity terms s.
[Figure 3.1 here]
The heterogeneity of these relationships, particularly regarding
property rights, poses interesting questions on MNEs strategies and their
motives for investing abroad. The source of heterogeneous tastes may be
associated with unobserved factors operating at the firm-level. Therefore,
in order to explore the systematic nature of heterogeneity of preferences
over economic institutions, the MXL models are run by exploiting
information for sectors and business activities of the investment projects
undertaken by MNEs. Data in FDi Markets provides information on these
aspects. On this basis, following the NACE (rev.1.1) classification, we
group sectors into four categories: High-Medium Technology
Manufacturing, Medium-Low Technology Manufacturing, Knowledge-
Page 114
114
intensive Services (KIS) and Less-knowledge-intensive Services (LKIS).
Similarly, following Crescenzi et al. (2014), we generate three alternative
groups of business functions: Headquarters and innovative activities (HQ
& Inno); Services, sales and logistics (SSL); Production.28 Tables C.2 and
C.3 in Appendix C show the classification of sectors and business
functions, respectively.
Table 3.4 presents the results for MXL estimations of EU-15 location
decisions performed for different sectors, whilst Figure 3.2 plots the
heterogeneous relationships that emerge from such estimations.
[Table 3.4 here]
[Figure 3.2 here]
In columns 1 and 2 of Table 3.4, regressions are run for High-
Medium Technology Manufacturing sectors. The MXL reveals that
regulation of labour markets does not matter for MNE decisions, while
the intervention of the regulator in business has an ambiguous impact:
the majority of MNEs in High-Medium Technology Manufacturing sectors
prefer locations where administrative and bureaucratic aspects of
running a business are less invasive (62.9%), while the rest prefers
countries where businesses are subject to more regulation. Government
expenditure does not play any role in driving MNEs’ behaviour in these
sectors. As far as legal aspects are concerned, MNEs in High-Medium
Technology activities do attach importance to property rights protection
only in 33% of cases. This result might seem surprising since it implies
that a large group of MNEs from EU-15 investing in the area of
neighbouring countries is driven by less robust property rights. However,
28
Differently from Crescenzi et al. (2014), we generate three groups of functions instead of five due to the
low number of observations in certain MNE activities in the countries here considered. Therefore, we
aggregate together certain functions into the same category (e.g. headquarters with innovative activities).
Page 115
115
this suggests that MNEs operating in High-Medium Tech sectors might
strategically exploit a weaker enforcement of property rights to facilitate
domestic firms’ upgrading and learning (for example in the area of
intellectual property rights, IPRs), while MNEs rely on internal firm-level
protection mechanisms (see Wu 2000 for the case of IPRs in China). With
respect to the legal enforcement of contracts, almost three quarters of
MNEs in High-Medium Technology Manufacturing systematically locate
in places where this aspect of economic institutions is more adequately
protected.
Columns 3 and 4 report results for Medium-Low Technology
Manufacturing. EU-15 MNEs in these activities react more
homogeneously to the quality of national economic institutions than
those in High-Medium Technology Manufacturing sectors. Indeed, a very
large share of MNEs considers strong regulation in business as an
obstacle (87.1%). Also the coefficient on labour market regulation turns
to be marginally significant and positive, suggesting that MNEs in these
activities tend to prefer countries where labour markets are more flexible,
although the statistical relevance of this relationship remains weak. This
finding is perfectly plausible since we are considering EU-15 MNEs that
localise in the EU neighbourhood area operations characterised by a
lower level of sophistication. This is also evidenced by the strongly
negative coefficient associated to our proxy for average wage, signalling
that MNEs in Medium-Low Technology Manufacturing sectors are
motivated by the supply of inexpensive workforce that is generally low-
skilled. With respect to government expenditure, we find that the mean
coefficient b is not significant and the standard deviation s is only weakly
significant. Although these parameters provide a figure of 99.9% of MNEs
driven by more public spending, they should be cautiously interpreted
given their very low statistical significance. MNEs in Medium-Low
Technology Manufacturing activities do not seem to be sensitive to the
Page 116
116
degree of protection of property rights, while they uniformly attach a
great importance to the possibility to enforce legal contracts.
With respect to control variables, MNEs in High-Medium and
Medium-Low Manufacturing sectors seem to be motivated by different
rationales. Geographical distance and the previous presence of MNEs
from the same origin country are the only common trait in MNEs
strategies. MNEs in High-Medium Technology Manufacturing activities
are substantially attracted by agglomeration forces, suggesting that
MNEs tend to concentrate this kind of activities in urban areas where
they can access a larger supply of labour and competences. Surprisingly,
the education level of the population does not seem to be a relevant
location driver, although our proxy for human capital only takes into
account secondary education, which is probably inadequate for High-
Medium Technology activities. MNEs in Medium-Low Technology
Manufacturing activities, instead, seem to be essentially motivated by
market-seeking and efficiency-seeking rationales, as suggested by the
strongly significant coefficients of market size and average wage. This
finding is in line with the great majority of literature on FDI in transition
economies, which highlight that foreign investors search for new markets
as well as cheap labour in Central and Eastern European countries
(Resmini, 2000).
The right-hand part of Table 3.4 reports results for services: columns
5 and 6 regard KIS, whilst columns 7 and 8 present results for LKIS.
MNEs in KIS tend invariably to take into consideration business
regulation and the legal enforcement of contracts. Again, parameters on
property rights suggest that this element is an ambiguous factor in
determining EU-15 MNE strategies in EU neighbouring countries. As far
as LKIS activities are concerned, results only slightly vary. The
enforcement of contracts turns out to be unimportant for this kind of
services, whilst LKIS seem to positively react to labour markets that are
Page 117
117
more regulated and to larger government spending. Control variables in
these regressions reveal that KIS benefit of a more educated workforce
and also that location choices globally follow nationality patterns.
Table 3.5 presents the results of MXL performed for different groups
of business functions, while the corresponding Figure 3.3 illustrates the
variation of preferences across them.
[Table 3.5 here]
[Figure 3.3 here]
Columns 1 and 2 in Table 3.5 refer to operations of MNEs in HQ and
Inno activities. Parameters on economic institutions are only significant
with respect to business regulation and property rights protection. The
former exhibits a weak and positive mean coefficient b, while the latter is
still affected by a significant heterogeneity term s that splits the
distribution of preferences into two halves. Our proxy for human capital,
although positive, is not statistically significant, likely due to the fact
that we only consider secondary education. In general, we do not detect
strong drivers of location decisions of MNEs as far as HQ & Inno
activities are concerned. A different picture emerges instead for SSL
activities (columns 3 and 4). A more flexible regulation of business
operations is a positive driver of location decisions for the great majority
of MNEs (83.4%); whilst for the regulation in the labour market almost
60% of MNEs have a positive perception of flexibility, the rest seem to
prefer more regulated frameworks. With respect to legal aspects, nearly
all MNEs find that the legal enforcement of contracts is a crucial element
(92.1%). In addition, SSL are clearly market-seeking motivated, and
MNEs look for a relatively educated and less expensive labour force to
Page 118
118
employ in these functions. Finally, columns 5 and 6 provide MXL results
for production activities, whose picture appears less complex than for
other business functions. Economic institutions have a very
homogeneous impact and heterogeneity terms are never relevant: more
flexible regulation in business, stronger government spending and
relative easiness in enforcing legal contracts represent attraction forces
for MNE production operations. Moreover, control variables tell that
production activities of EU-15 MNEs are attracted by larger national
markets and tend to exploit local low-skilled and cheap labour.
3.6 Conclusions
In recent years the EU has intensified economic and institutional
integration with its neighbouring countries, though with different
intensity. Some countries have become EU members, some are candidate
for membership, and some others are part of the European Neighbouring
Policy. In this scenario of growing integration, European MNEs have
increased their operations in neighbouring countries through the setting
up of new foreign affiliates.
This paper has examined how recipient countries’ economic
institutions shape the location strategies of EU-15 MNEs in a large set of
developing and transition countries that are geographically close to the
EU. The empirical analysis starts with a standard CL model, as
customary in the literature, and is successively extended to a random-
coefficient MXL, rarely adopted in studies on firms’ location decisions.
Results are robust across specifications with different data samples as
well as across methodologies.
Table 3.6 provides an overall summary of the results on MNE
heterogeneous preferences for economic institutions. In line with the
existing literature our results confirm that the flexibility of the labour
market – one of the top items in ‘traditional’ institutional reform
Page 119
119
packages – is not systematically associated with the attraction of foreign
investments. On the contrary, favourable business regulation is clearly
an important driver of MNE location choices: when looking at the entire
sample of MNEs large part of the distribution attaches a positive value to
this characteristic. In addition the heterogeneity of preferences seems to
be largely linked to the most sophisticated activities in sectoral (High-
Medium tech sectors) and functional (HQs and Inno) terms.
The analysis of the role of the protection of property rights explains
why the existing literature has so far failed to reach a clear consensus on
its importance: MNEs are indeed strongly divided with reference to this
specific dimension, particularly in the case of the most sophisticated
sectors and functions. Conversely, for the enforcement of contracts the
results highlight clear-cut MNEs’ preferences for more ‘certain’
framework conditions across sectors (with the exception of LKI sectors)
and functions. Finally, the relevance of public expenditure seems to be
limited to production activities, where the government plays an
important role in supporting demand.
[Table 3.6 here]
These results should be interpreted with caution. First, it is important
to bear in mind that the methodology makes it impossible to draw any
causal conclusions. The analysis of location patterns is able to control for
a large number of possible confounding factors but reverse causality is
still a possibility. Second, the time span covered by the analysis is still
limited and the global economic crisis started in 2008, as well as the
dramatic political changes in some of the countries covered in the
analysis, call for extra care in the interpretation of the findings. Third,
even though the innovative use of quantitative methods makes it possible
to shed new light on the heterogeneous behaviour of MNEs with reference
Page 120
120
to economic institutions, more qualitative work is necessary (and is in
our agenda for future research) in order to explore the firm-specific
determinants of MNEs’ diversified preferences.
Having acknowledged these limitations, our results provide policy
makers with relevant insights to support institutional reform and
institution building initiatives as tools to favour (and complement)
internationalisation processes. The empirical results suggest that some
MNEs prefer locations where specific dimensions of economic institutions
are weaker. This may appear counterintuitive, but indeed there could be
situations in which economic actors may prefer loose economic
institutions in order to gain selective economic rewards. This
institutional subversion phenomenon is particularly documented in the
case of transition economies, where political and economic elites
replicate a system of flawed institutional environments that provide them
with various types of advantage over the rest of the local population
(Helmann, 1998; Helmann et al., 2000). Similarly, weak property rights
allow wealthier foreign actors to benefit from unproductive activities such
as rent-seeking, at the same time maintaining expropriation instruments
over the rest (Sonin, 2003). The subversion of economic institutions is
also intimately associated with within-country inequality, and less secure
property rights and weaker legal systems favour a country’s power
establishment, which aims at perpetuating the mechanisms that allow
the concentration of power and wealth (Glaeser et al., 2003). In this vein,
it is argued that political incumbents support imperfect institutions in
order to maintain their benefits (Glaeser and Shleifer, 2002). On the
basis of these considerations, often made with respect to transition and
developing countries, it can be argued that some MNEs are oriented
towards locations where they can establish influential connections with
political and economic elites, which in turn allow them taking advantage
of institutional poorness by obtaining rents or circumventing market
Page 121
121
rules. A similar argument is proposed in the management literature:
pervasive government corruption can influence the entry modes of MNEs,
which can find it beneficial to enter new markets via FDI by engaging in
corrupt behaviour (Rodriguez et al., 2005). Again, this may represent one
explanation for the heterogeneity of results associated to the protection of
property rights in particular. However, validating these results and
investigating further the relationship between economic institutions and
MNEs remain an open research field and a crucial challenge for policy
design in a growing number of countries and regions worldwide.
Page 122
122
Table 3.1: EU-15 investment projects and quality of economic institutions, 2003-2008.
MNEs Investments Quality of Economic Institutions
Host Countries N of investment % investment
Labour market regulation
Business regulation
Protection of property rights
Legal enforcement of
contracts
Government expenditure
A. New Member States
Bulgaria 551 8.00 6.96 5.60 4.09 4.77 17.97
Czech Republic 443 6.43 7.47 5.16 5.72 3.59 21.46
Estonia 142 2.06 5.87 7.37 7.25 6.02 17.58
Hungary 674 9.79 6.84 6.12 6.51 7.06 22.45
Latvia 152 2.21 6.43 6.29 5.88 7.25 18.50
Lithuania 139 2.02 5.45 6.50 5.80 7.35 19.04
Poland 748 10.86 6.52 5.49 4.66 4.27 18.12
Romania 1,012 14.69 5.91 6.54 4.77 5.17 12.19
Slovakia 319 4.63 7.61 5.85 5.98 4.59 18.42
Slovenia 100 1.45 5.44 6.34 6.27 3.93 18.46
Subtotal / Average* 4,280 62.14
6.45* 6.13* 5.69* 5.40* 18.42*
B. Balkans and the East
Albania 38 0.55 5.79 5.67 3.30 5.17 9.31
Croatia 139 2.02 5.65 5.62 4.70 5.40 19.95
Russia 1,315 19.09 6.03 4.73 3.34 7.53 17.38
Turkey 298 4.33 4.09 6.29 5.06 6.16 12.34
Ukraine 263 3.82 6.22 4.08 3.40 5.29 18.18
Subtotal / Average* 2,053 29.81
5.56* 5.28* 3.96* 5.91* 15.43
C. Northern Africa and Middle East
Algeria 105 1.52 4.96 5.62 4.25 4.39 12.43
Egypt 84 1.22 5.01 5.06 5.77 3.41 12.03
Israel 37 0.54 4.84 6.64 6.98 3.46 25.71
Jordan 23 0.33 8.38 6.45 7.18 3.38 22.01
Morocco 203 2.95 3.62 6.09 5.62 4.3 18.31
Tunisia 103 1.50 6.30 6.79 7.00 4.88 16.67
Subtotal /Average* 555 8.06 5.52* 6.11* 6.13* 3.97* 17.86*
Total / Average* 6,888 100 5.97* 5.92* 5.41* 5.11* 17.55*
Source: own elaboration based on FDi Markets – FT Business and Fraser Institute Data
Page 123
123
Table 3.2: Conditional Logit estimation of EU15 MNEs location behaviour
Dep.Var.: Location choice (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Labour Market Regulation 0.018 0.028 0.044 -0.004 -0.010
(0.043) (0.044) (0.045) (0.049) (0.049)
Business Regulation 0.401*** 0.393*** 0.382*** 0.371*** 0.434***
(0.057) (0.057) (0.058) (0.058) (0.058)
Government Expenditure 0.059*** 0.065*** 0.0623*** 0.067*** 0.045***
(0.014) (0.014) (0.014) (0.014) (0.015)
Protection of Property Rights 0.0017 0.012 0.026 0.010 0.005
(0.039) (0.039) (0.040) (0.040) (0.040)
Legal Enforcement of Contracts 0.567*** 0.559*** 0.560*** 0.683*** 0.591***
(0.128) (0.129) (0.127) (0.138) (0.139)
ln Market Size t-1 -0.455 0.352 1.189 0.919 2.441**
(0.781) (0.837) (0.961) (0.974) (0.988)
ln Market Potential t-1 1.728** 2.405*** 2.591*** 2.044** 0.979
(0.860) (0.891) (0.896) (0.911) (0.917)
Distance -0.001*** -0.001*** -0.001*** -0.001*** -0.001***
(0.000) (0.000) (0.000) (0.000) (0.000)
ln Education Level
1.291*** 0.977** 0.487 0.709
(0.470) (0.495) (0.527) (0.530)
ln Average Wage
-1.343* -0.402 -0.963
(0.777) (0.854) (0.860)
Urban Agglomeration
0.149** 0.151***
(0.058) (0.058)
National Ownership
0.003***
(0.001)
Observations 148,783 148,783 148,783 148,783 148,783
Cultural dummies Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Geographical contiguity Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
National dummies Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Pseudo R2 0.193 0.194 0.194 0.194 0.196
log likelihood -17084 -17080 -17078 -17075 -17037 Robust standard errors in parentheses. *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1
Page 124
124
Table 3.3: Mixed Logit estimation of MNEs location behaviour
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
EU15 MNEs EU27 MNEs World MNEs
Dep. Var.: Location Choice θ Value % > 0 Value % > 0 Value % > 0
Labour Market Regulation b 0.007
0.024
0.072*
(0.051)
(0.049)
(0.039)
s 0.015
0.171
0.008
(0.036)
(0.192)
(0.016) Business Regulation b 0.475*** 84.4% 0.522*** 80.2% 0.403*** 76.1%
(0.064)
(0.063)
(0.047)
s 0.472***
0.613***
0.567***
(0.113)
(0.100)
(0.074) Government Expenditure b 0.035**
0.021
0.025**
(0.016)
(0.015)
(0.012)
s 0.001
0.001
0.001
(0.001)
(0.001)
(0.001) Protection of Property
Rights b 0.002 50.4% 0.035 54.4% 0.001
(0.043)
(0.042)
(0.032)
s 0.229**
0.322***
0.133
(0.097)
(0.085)
(0.103) Legal Enforce of Contracts b 0.570*** 98.4% 0.500*** 94.7% 0.467*** 89.3%
(0.148)
(0.138)
(0.110)
s 0.265***
0.309***
0.376***
(0.097)
(0.094)
(0.069)
ln Market Size t-1
1.963*
2.688***
2.148***
(1.018)
(0.748)
(0.563) Distance
-0.001***
-0.001***
-0.001***
(0.000)
(0.000)
(0.000) ln Market Potential t-1
1.247
1.080
-0.588
(0.977)
(0.885)
(0.680) ln Education Level
0.536
1.184**
0.708*
(0.552)
(0.478)
(0.392) ln Average Wage
-1.490*
-1.997***
-1.662***
(0.887)
(0.729)
(0.576) Urban Agglomeration
0.146**
0.0754*
0.098***
(0.060)
(0.041)
(0.031) National Ownership
0.004***
0.006***
0.006***
(0.001)
(0.001)
(0.001) Observations
148,783
165,724
251,276
N of Cases
6,888
7,709
11,745 Geographical contiguity Yes Yes Yes
Cultural dummies
Yes
Yes
Yes National dummies
Yes
Yes
Yes
log likelihood -17030 -18974 -29437
Robust standard errors in parentheses. *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1
Page 125
125
Figure 3.1: Probability Density Functions for economic institutions exhibiting
significant standard deviation in Table 3
84.4%15.6%
mean=0.475
sd=0.472
3sd2sd 1sd0 mean-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
EU15 MNEs
Business Regulation
80.2%19.8%
mean=0.522
sd=0.613
3sd2sd 1sd0 mean-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
EU27 MNEs
Business Regulation
76.1%23.9%
mean=0.403
sd=0.567
3sd2sd 1sd0 mean-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
World MNEs
Business Regulation
50.4%49.6%
mean=0.002
sd=0.229
3sd2sd 1sd0-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
EU15 MNEs
Protection of Property Rights
54.4%45.6%
mean=0.035
sd=0.322
3sd2sd 1sd0-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
EU27 MNEs
Protection of Property Rights
98.4%1.6%
mean=0.570
sd=0.265
3sd2sd 1sd0 mean-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
EU15 MNEs
Legal Enforcement of Contracts
94.7%5.3%
mean=0.5
sd=0.309
3sd2sd 1sd0 mean-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
EU27 MNEs
Legal Enforcement of Contracts
89.3%10.7%
mean=0.467
sd=0.376
3sd2sd 1sd0 mean-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
World MNEs
Legal Enforcement of Contracts
Page 126
126
Table 3.4: MXL estimation of EU-15 MNEs location behaviour by sector
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Manufacturing Services
High-Medium Tech. Medium-Low Tech. Knowledge-intensive Less-knowledge-int.
Dep. Var.: Location Choice θ Value % > 0 Value % > 0 Value % > 0 Value % > 0
Labour Market Regulation b -0.030 0.149* 0.002 -0.246**
(0.128) (0.083) (0.112) (0.123)
s -0.105 0.005 0.013 0.206
(0.688) (0.020) (0.026) (0.244)
Business Regulation b 0.232 62.9% 0.572*** 87.1% 0.383** 0.406***
(0.160) (0.106) (0.157) (0.152)
s 0.707*** 0.507*** 0.310 -0.014
(0.265) (0.145) (0.405) (0.020)
Government Expenditure b -0.013 0.043 99.9% 0.022 0.086**
(0.040) (0.026) (0.034) (0.039)
s -0.016 0.002* 0.008 -0.000
(0.026) (0.001) (0.011) (0.001)
Protection of Prop. Rights b -0.189** 33.0% 0.086 -0.011 49.2% 0.046 55.6%
(0.093) (0.069) (0.099) (0.105)
s 0.423* -0.019 0.528*** 0.333*
(0.217) (0.019) (0.113) (0.178)
Legal Enforc. of b 0.539 72.6% 0.740*** 0.725** 0.095
Contracts (0.381) (0.239) (0.325) (0.318)
s 0.894** 0.229 0.235 -0.004
(0.389) (0.221) (0.234) (0.025)
ln Market Size t-1
-0.648
4.576***
0.910
0.450
(2.518)
(1.242)
(1.742)
(1.814) Distance
-0.001***
-0.001***
-0.001***
-0.001***
(0.000)
(0.000)
(0.000)
(0.000) ln Market Potential t-1
2.338
0.720
3.135
0.717
(2.752)
(1.593)
(1.922)
(2.377) ln Education Level
-1.262
0.286
2.844**
0.101
(1.400)
(0.830)
(1.286)
(1.367)
ln Average Wage
0.593
-3.821***
-0.234
-0.905
(2.172)
(1.289)
(1.799)
(1.764) Urban Agglomeration
0.432***
0.105
-0.029
-0.021
(0.142)
(0.072)
(0.090)
(0.107) National Ownership
0.003***
0.004***
0.004***
0.003***
(0.001)
(0.001)
(0.001)
(0.001)
Observations
31,039
56,795
28,065
27,357 Geographical contiguity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes Cultural dummies
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes National dummies
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes log likelihood -3497 -6394 -3230 -3039
Robust standard errors in parentheses. *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1
Page 127
127
Figure 3.2: Probability Density Functions for economic institutions exhibiting
significant standard deviation in Table 4
62.9%37.1%
mean=0.232
sd=0.707
3sd2sd 1sd0-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
High-Medium Technology Manufacturing
Business Regulation
87.1%12.9%
mean=0.572
sd=0.507
3sd2sd mean 1sd0-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
Medium-Low Technology Manufacturing
Business Regulation
33.0%67.0%
mean=-0.189
sd=0.423
3sd2sd 1sd0-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
High-Medium Technology Manufacturing
Protection of Property Rights
49.2%50.8%
mean=-0.011
sd=0.528
3sd2sd 1sd0-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
Knowledge-intensive Services
Protection of Property Rights
55.6%44.4%
mean=0.046
sd=0.333
3sd2sd 1sd0-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
Less Knowledge-intensive Services
Protection of Property Rights
72.6%27.4%
mean=0.539
sd=0.894
3sd2sd 1sd0 mean-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
High-Medium Technology Manufacturing
Legal Enforcement of Contracts
Page 128
128
Table 3.5: MXL estimation of EU-15 MNEs location behaviour by business function
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
HQ & Inno SSL Production
Dep. Var.: Location
Choice θ Value % > 0 Value % > 0 Value % > 0
Labour Market b -0.003
0.069 58.7% -0.078
Regulation
(0.138)
(0.081)
(0.077)
s 0.011
0.312*
0.037
(0.008)
(0.185)
(0.089)
Business Regulation b 0.328*
0.527*** 83.4% 0.443***
(0.190)
(0.109)
(0.088)
s 0.512
0.541***
0.265
(0.369)
(0.157)
(0.239)
Government
Expenditure b -0.029
0.015
0.083***
(0.041)
(0.025)
(0.024)
s -0.002
0.001
-0.006
(0.003)
(0.002)
(0.005)
Protection of Prop. b -0.015 48.8% 0.071
-0.070
Rights
(0.118)
(0.066)
(0.064)
s 0.550***
-0.097
0.193
(0.138)
(0.249)
(0.159)
Legal Enforce of b -0.027
0.544** 92.1% 0.764***
Contracts
(0.397)
(0.221)
(0.207)
s -0.271
0.386**
0.203
(0.231)
(0.157)
(0.155)
ln Market Size t-1
0.816
4.108***
2.505**
(2.070)
(1.234)
(1.094)
Distance
-0.001***
-0.001***
-0.001***
(0.000)
(0.000)
(0.000)
ln Market Potential t-1
0.794
1.960
-1.596
(2.199)
(1.522)
(1.433)
ln Education Level
1.849
1.839**
-1.458*
(1.559)
(0.767)
(0.880)
ln Average Wage
0.953
-2.382*
-2.790**
(2.117)
(1.219)
(1.153)
Urban Agglomeration
0.037
0.099
0.116*
(0.106)
(0.069)
(0.063)
National Ownership
0.003***
0.004***
0.004***
(0.001)
(0.001)
(0.001)
Observations
19,994
64,381
64,408
Geographical contiguity
Yes
Yes
Yes
Cultural dummies
Yes
Yes
Yes
National dummies
Yes
Yes
Yes
log likelihood -2293 -7372 -7204
Robust standard errors in parentheses. *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1
Page 129
129
Figure 3.3: Probability Density Functions for economic institutions exhibiting
significant standard deviation in Table 5
58.7%41.3%
mean=0.069
sd=0.312
3sd2sd 1sd0-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
Services, Sales and Logistics
Labour Market Regulation
83.4%16.6%
mean=0.527
sd=0.541
3sd2sd 1sd0 mean-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
Services, Sales and Logistics
Business Regulation
48.8%51.2%
mean=-0.015
sd=0.550
3sd2sd 1sd0-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
Headquarters and Innovation
Protection of Property Rights
92.1%7.9%
mean=0.544
sd=0.386
3sd2sd 1sd0 mean-1sd-2sd-3sd
Probability Density Function
Services, Sales and Logistics
Legal Enforcement of Contracts
Page 130
130
Table 3.6: Summary Table of the Results on MNEs heterogeneous preferences for Economic Institutions
All MNES
Sectoral Heterogeneity Functional Heterogeneity
Manufacturing Services
High-Medium
tech
Medium-low tech
Knowledge
Intensive
Less Knowledg
e Intensive
HQ & Inno
SSL Production
Regulatory settings
Labour Market Regulation
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
Business Regulation
+*** s***
(84%)
s***
(63%) +*** +** +*** NO
+*** s***
(83%)
+***
Legal Framework
Property Rights
s***
(50%)
-** s* (33%)
NO
s***(49%) NO
s***
(49%) NO NO
Enforcement of Contracts
+*** s***(98%)
s**(73%)
+*** +** NO NO +**
s**(92%) +***
Weight of the Government
Share of Public Spending
+** NO NO NO NO NO NO +***
+/- denotes the sign of the estimated b coefficients in tables 3,4 and 5. Asterisks denote significance as in original tables. Percentages reported in parentheses are %>0 in the preferences distribution. ‘NO’ stands for
‘No significance’
Page 131
131
Appendix C
Table C.1: Variable definitions and sources
Variable Description Source
Dependent
Location Choice Dummy indicating location choices among 23 destination countries
FDi Markets
Independent
Economic Institutions
Labour Market Regulation
Index (0-10) indicating the flexibility of labour market in location j.
Fraser Institute
Business Regulation
Index (0-10) indicating the administrative and bureaucratic burdens for business in location j.
Fraser Institute
Protection or Property Rights
Index (0-10) indicating the extent to which government protects property rights in location j.
Fraser Institute
Legal Enforcement of Contracts
Index (0-10) indicating the extent to which contracts are enforced by courts in location j.
Fraser Institute
Government expenditure
Percentage of general government final consumption expenditure on GDP in location j.
WDI
Demand
Ln Market Sizet-1 Log of GDP of destination j at time t-1. WDI
Ln Market Potentialt-1
Log of the sum of distance-weighted GDP of all countries c within 1,000km from location j at time t-1,
i for each c≠j.
WDI / CEPII
Trade Costs
Geogr. Distance Physical distance measured in km. CEPII
Geogr. Contiguity Dummy equal to 1 if country of origin r and destination j are contiguous.
CEPII
Labour Market
Ln Education Level Log of the ratio between secondary school age population and total population in location j.
UNESCO
Ln Average Wage Log of per capita GDP in location j. WDI
Agglomeration
Urban Agglomeration
Percentage of urban population on total population. WDI
National
Ownership
Stock of investment in location j from the same
country of origin r of firm i. FDi Markets
Culture
Official Language Dummy equal to 1 if country of origin r and location j share an official common language.
CEPII
Unofficial Language
Dummy equal to 1 if country of origin r and location j share an unofficial common language.
CEPII
Common Colonizer after 1945
Dummy equal to 1 if country of origin r and location j had a common colonizer after 1945.
CEPII
Colonial Link after 1945
Dummy equal to 1 if country of origin r and location j had a colonial tie after 1945.
CEPII
Same Country Dummy equal to 1 if country of origin r and location j have been part of the same country in the past.
CEPII
Page 132
132
Table C.2: Classification of sectors
Manufacturing
High-Medium Technology Medium-Low Technology
Aerospace Beverages
Automotive components
Building and Construction
Materials
Automotive OEM Consumer Products
Biotechnology Food and Tobacco
Business Machines and Equipment Metals
Ceramic and Glass Minerals
Chemicals Non-Automotive Transport OEM
Consumer Electronics Paper, Printing and Packaging
Electronic Components Plastics
Engines and Turbines Rubber
Industrial Machinery, Equipment and Tools Textiles
Medical Devices Wood Products
Pharmaceuticals
Semiconductors
Services
Knowledge-Intensive Less Knowledge-Intensive
Business Services Hotels and Tourism
Communications Leisure and Entertainment
Financial Services Real Estate
Healthcare Transportation
Software and IT Services Warehousing and Storage
Space and Defence
Page 133
133
Table C.3: Classification of business functions
Headquarters and innovative activities
Business Services
Headquarters
Design, Development and Testing
Education and Training
Research and Development
Services, Sales and Logistics
Customer Contact Centre
Logistic, Distribution and Transportation
Maintenance and Servicing
Recycling
Retail
Sales, Marketing and Support
Shared Services Centre
Technical Support Centre
Production
Construction
Electricity
Extraction
ICT and Internet Infrastructure
Manufacturing
Page 134
134
Part II: Selection Patterns in
Cross-border Acquisitions
Page 135
135
Chapter 4 – Cross-border acquisitions
and patterns of selection: Productivity
vs. profitability
4.1 Introduction
In the last two decades a substantial preference for mergers and
acquisitions (M&A) over greenfield FDI has been frequently observed in
global modes of entry by multinational enterprises (MNEs) (Barba
Navaretti and Venables, 2004; UNCTAD, 2010). This is particularly the
case of FDI among industrialized countries, where market access is often
attained through the acquisition of a pre-existing domestic firm rather
than by building a new establishment.
Yet, academic research has only very recently started to distinguish,
theoretically and empirically, between different modes of FDI (i.e. M&A
vs. greenfield) although their characteristics, causes and implications
differ significantly (Nocke and Yeaple, 2007; 2008). Hence,
understanding what shapes selection in cross-border acquisition choices
of MNEs represents a relevant area of enquiry for its academic novelty as
well as its importance in terms of share of acquisitions in global FDI
volumes. In this respect, this paper explores the importance of two main
alternative factors underpinning MNEs decisions to acquire a specific
target firm: namely, a productivity argument related to accessing foreign
valuable assets possessed by target firms, and a profit consideration
associated with the expansion of corporate business in new foreign
destinations.
Consider, for instance, from Chapter 2, the case of PZL-Świdnik, a
polish manufacturer of helicopters acquired by the Italian conglomerate
Page 136
136
Finmeccanica through its Anglo-Italian subsidiary AgustaWestland in
2010. According to the Chairman and CEO of Finmeccanica this
acquisition generates strong opportunities for the parental industrial
group because of both the expertise of PZL-Świdnik in producing
aerostructures as well as the access that this specific takeover gives to
new and profitable markets29.
This example not only demonstrates that the productivity and
profitability of target firms are crucial factors that MNEs take into
account when engaging in cross-border takeovers, but it also suggests
that distinguishing between these two elements is not always
straightforward as they can be simultaneously at work.
The empirical study of the selection decisions of MNEs is surprisingly
underdeveloped in the literature, mainly due to the lack of time varying
information on firm ownership. Indirect empirical findings in the
literature on FDI-induced spillovers suggest that MNEs tend to ‘cherry-
pick’ best performing domestic firms (Arnold and Javorcik, 2009;
Ramondo, 2009; Criscuolo and Martin, 2009). Only in most recent years
scholars have started to engage in the empirical investigation of the
selection decisions of MNEs, providing initial evidence supporting target
firms’ productivity as a motivating factor of international takeovers
(Guadalupe et al., 2012; Blonigen et al., 2014).
Building on this theme, this paper assesses the extent to which the
probability faced by domestic firms of being acquired in any given year
relates to their productivity and profitability. Conceptually, these
motivating factors can be ascribed to two traditional hypotheses in the
theory of MNEs, namely asset-seeking and market-seeking behaviour of
global companies. The joint assessment of these hypotheses employing
firm-level data represents a first novelty of this paper, in that past
studies on cross-border acquisitions mainly focus on productivity
29 Finmeccanica Press Release “AgustaWestland acquires helicopters and
aerostructures manufacturer PZLSwidnik”, Rome 18 August 2009.
Page 137
137
differentials. Nonetheless, as evidenced by the example presented above,
while productive assets and capabilities embedded in existing domestic
firms can be relevant aspects that MNEs take into account in the
selection of an acquisition target, MNEs can also engage in cross-border
takeovers to obtain a significant spot in a specific market. The latter
strategy is in line with the objective of gaining direct access to the
existing and promising business linkages of the acquired firm. Hence,
domestic firms experiencing positive changes in their profits over time
may be plausibly selected for acquisition.
In order to separately analyse the effect of target firm productivity and
that of profitability, we exploit within-firm differences in the probability of
being acquired, similarly to Blonigen et al. (2014), and we additionally
compare acquired firms with those that are never acquired in the study
period in order to alleviate any concern related to sample selection.
Hence, domestic firms experiencing positive changes in their
businesses and profits may be more plausibly selected for acquisition.
This paper is also innovative as we conduct the study on a large
sample of European manufacturing firms, as opposed to previous studies
that only focus on companies in single countries or on industry- and
country-level data. Our panel is drawn from Bureau Van Dijk databases
Orbis and Zephyr and it includes 306,247 potential target firms observed
at multiple points in time over the period 1997-2013. In addition, by
employing time varying ownership information on domestic companies
we are able to observe at what point MNEs acquire domestic firms.
Our main empirical finding is that domestic companies that
experience positive changes in profitability have higher probability than
others of being acquired over the sample period. A within-firm increase of
one standard deviation in profitability as compared to the industry mean
is associated to a 0.8% higher probability of being acquired by a foreign
MNE in the next period. By contrast, within-firm variation in productivity
does not significantly relate to international acquisition decisions,
Page 138
138
suggesting that MNE selection only occurs on the observable market
performance (i.e. profitability) of domestic firms. These findings are
confirmed also by employing different measures of firm productivity and
profitability. Furthermore, baseline results still hold across a large
number of checks and extensions, indicating that within-firm differences
in profitability are intimately associated to changes in ownership.
Understanding the selection patterns of cross-border takeovers is
highly relevant for public policies in both territorial and industrial
perspectives. In presence of FDI-induced spillovers, in fact, designing
regional and industrial programmes aimed at FDI attraction can be
beneficial for the recipient economy. In addition, acquired firms could
benefit from the enlarged market that being part of a global production
chain entails, with potential positive effects also on domestic employment
and on the local network of suppliers.
The paper is structured as follows: the next section is devoted to a
critical discussion of the literature on international acquisitions and
setting up of hypotheses. Section 3 presents data and the construction of
the dataset. Section 4 explains the empirical setting of the paper and its
differences as compared to previous studies. Results are presented in
Section 5 along with a discussion of the findings associated to several
extensions and robustness checks. Section 6 offers some concluding
remarks as well as considerations for policy.
4.2 Related literature
The notion of cross-border investment is intimately associated with
the conceptualisation of the boundaries of the MNE, thus, encompassing
the idea of a trade-off between integration and outsourcing of activities
overseas. This appears to be a nontrivial choice for the management of a
MNE, faced with the issue of internalisation of a specific operation via
FDI and its governance costs. From a theoretical standpoint, the
Page 139
139
international trade literature has conceived the internalisation decision
as a transaction-cost problem (Grossman and Helpman, 2002) or as a
response to the issue of incomplete contracts between partner firms
(Antrás, 2003; Antrás and Helpman, 2004 and 2008).
Once a MNE decides to undertake FDI, it can do so mainly by
establishing a new plant (greenfield FDI) or by acquiring an existing
domestic firm. This organisational choice depends upon a number of
elements such as recipient country attributes, industry characteristics
and MNEs features (Nocke and Yeaple, 2007; 2008). While the
determinants of greenfield FDI have received wide empirical attention by
researchers, mainly through analyses of location behaviour, there is still
a substantial lack of systematic evidence on the drivers of selection
decisions of MNEs when they undertake cross-border acquisitions.
Reasonably, cross-border acquisitions, far from being casual business
choices, follow specific paths that spring from the interplay between the
complexity of internalisation strategies of MNEs and the characteristics
of heterogeneous domestic firms. In this respect, a nascent strand of
literature has commenced to explore this area of enquiry shedding light
on a number of factors driving MNE selection decisions. In the remaining
of this section, these recent contributions will be reviewed and discussed.
4.2.1 Acquisitions to access foreign productive assets
The evidence that MNEs expand overseas by acquiring domestic firms
in foreign countries is often interpreted as a corporate strategy aimed at
enhancing MNEs existing capabilities (Caves, 1996). This form of asset-
seeking investment is regarded as an expedient of MNEs to advance their
competitiveness at the global level through the enlargement and
Page 140
140
deepening of their portfolio of tangible and non-tangible assets30
(Dunning and Lundan, 2008).
An underlying assumption in the logic of asset-seeking investment is
that some firms possess assets that are desirable to other firms,
including pure capital goods, specific technical competencies or
managerial and marketing skills (Iammarino and McCann, 2013). Hence,
acquisition activity can be aimed at accessing these assets, which lead in
turn to the realisation of efficiency gains through the exploitation of
similarities between the acquirer and the target firm. In Jovanovic and
Braguinsky (2004), for instance, better managers tend to buy better
projects and the complementarity between the qualities of their assets
lead to the generation of surplus. Nocke and Yeaple (2008) develop an
equilibrium model to explain greenfield FDI and cross-border takeovers,
arguing that MNEs engage in acquisitions in order to complement own
assets with target firms’ assets. In other words, acquisitions lead MNEs
to purchasing complementary activities overseas that the acquirer
initially lacks. In their model, hence, a mechanism of positive assortative
matching entails that better entrepreneurs purchase better production
facilities, thus generating higher profits. A further motive for engaging in
international acquisitions recalls the resource-based view of the firm and
it contemplates the existence of non-mobile capabilities owned by local
firms (Nocke and Yeaple, 2007). MNEs are thereafter pushed to acquire
domestic firms abroad in order to exploit strategic complementary
capabilities that are not transferable across borders. In line with the
complementarity of assets view, Head and Ries (2008) adopt a gravity
and multi-country analytical framework to study bilateral and
multilateral FDI, suggesting that cross-border acquisitions function as
30
Such a view also provides the cornerstone for evolutionary conceptualizations of MNEs, where
FDI serves as an instrument to define and refine new corporate technological trajectories (e.g.
Cantwell, 1989; Kogut and Zander, 1993).
Page 141
141
an exploitative mechanism of corporate control of overseas productive
assets.
Recently, a number of contributions investigate more specifically the
incidence of target firms’ assets in motivating cross-border acquisitions.
In analysing Norwegian plant-level data, Balsvik and Haller (2010) argue
that foreign owners tend to acquire domestic firms in order to obtain
efficiency gains from synergies associated to the existence of
complementary resources between MNEs and local companies. The
relevance of assets matching as a triggering factor for cross-border
acquisitions is also corroborated by Guadalupe et al. (2012), who
examine the acquisition decisions of MNEs for a sample of Spanish firms.
In investigating the relationship between foreign ownership and
innovative capacity of newly acquired companies, they argue that
incentives for acquisitions and innovation are strongly interdependent
and, as a consequence, a positive selection in acquisition choices occurs
whenever there is a complementarity between target firms’ productivity
and the amount of innovation. In other words, target firms’ productive
assets complement MNEs investment in innovation upon acquisition and
this conducts to the takeover of most productive domestic firms within
industries. Analogously, Blonigen et al. (2014) inspect the dynamics of
cross-border acquisitions on a panel of French firms focussing on the
synergic role played by the capacity of companies to generate export
networks and time-changing productivity levels of these domestic actors.
Their empirical analysis suggests that valuable assets sought by MNEs
pertain to the antecedent capability of French firms to form export
linkages, which is positively dependent on high initial productivity.
Nonetheless, acquisitions are actually found to occur mostly when firms
are afflicted by a negative productivity shock, which generates a
depressing effect on the price of the same assets. On the other hand,
assets complementarity does not emerge as a compelling factor to explain
international acquisitions in Díez and Spearot (2014). In fact, in testing
Page 142
142
whether assortative matching acts as a meaningful driver of cross-border
takeovers, these authors do not observe the occurrence of this feature in
the data.
4.2.2 Acquisitions to access foreign markets
Cross-border acquisitions can also be motivated by profitability
considerations made by MNEs as a way to increase their market power,
reduce the competitive pressure within industries and attain a larger
market share. For instance, the limited availability of firm-specific
ownership advantages, such as a superior technology, pushes firms to
merge in an oligopolistic market (Horn and Persson, 2001). In this
framework, low trade costs encourage cross-border acquisitions since
firms can access new foreign markets, while high trade costs intensify
domestic mergers due to reduced home competition. In a similar vein,
Bjorvatn (2004) argue that economic integration increases market
competition, thereby reducing the profit and reservation price of target
firms. This, in turn, would raise the gains associated to international
acquisition activity. Evidence in favour of the positive effect of decreasing
trade costs on cross-border acquisitions is provided by Coeurdacier et al.
(2009), as well as by Breinlich (2008), both emphasising the role of
mergers and acquisitions in the process of industrial restructuring
following economic integration. The incentives to engage in cross-border
mergers in an oligopolistic context are also magnified by the existence of
information asymmetries, which encourage uninformed foreign MNEs to
acquire domestic firms with detailed knowledge about demand in the
local market (Qiu and Zhou, 2006). Market power considerations as
drivers of international acquisitions emerge in Neary (2007), where trade
liberalisation is conducive to cross-border merger waves. In fact, with
increased economic integration more efficient firms tend to acquire
foreign less efficient rivals, thus facilitating specialisation according to
Page 143
143
countries’ comparative advantage. In this respect, Brakman et al. (2013)
and Feliciano and Lipsey (2015) provide evidence that cross-border
acquisition activity is more concentrated in sectors that are characterised
by a revealed comparative advantage in the country of the acquirer.
Although market power considerations and profitability are posited to
be noteworthy aspects spurring cross-border acquisition activity,
empirical tests employing firm-level data are scarce. Early attempts in
this direction come from the industrial organisation literature on
domestic mergers, where the probability of target companies of being
acquired depends upon their level of profitability among other factors
(e.g. Harris et al., 1982; Ravenscraft and Scherer, 1989). The present
study also aims at testing the relevance of domestic firm profitability in
shaping the patterns of selection associated to cross-border takeovers.
4.2.3 Hypotheses development
Considering all the above, this paper posits that MNE acquisition
choices can be driven by two fundamental and interconnected factors:
target firm productivity and profitability. In this respect, the empirical
part of the present paper aims at testing the following hypotheses.
Productivity hypothesis: MNEs acquire domestic firms that exhibit
larger positive variation in productivity over time, as a strategy to access
valuable and complementary assets.
Profitability hypothesis: MNE acquire domestic firms that exhibit a
larger positive variation in profitability over time, as a strategy to access
new market opportunities and expand their business activities.
Not surprisingly, firm productivity and profitability can be
interconnected as more productive firms are more likely to experience
thriving business conditions. Also, firms that experience more profitable
business can increse their productivity as a result of economies of scale.
In the empirical section of the paper, we aim at testing the above
Page 144
144
hypotheses bearing in mind that these two firm characteristics are
strongly related from a conceptual point of view.
4.3 Data
4.3.1 Dataset construction
Our sample of European companies is drawn from Bureau van Dijk
cross-country and longitudinal databases Orbis and Zephyr. Orbis
provides firm-level information on accounting and financial items of
companies worldwide from which we construct our measures of
profitability and productivity. Data on M&A operations are contained in
Zephyr, which allows tracking time varying ownership information of
firms. The two datasets can be easily matched via common company
identifiers. Previous research employing these sources of data is well
established and it includes recent works on international taxation (Voget,
2011), productivity (Maffini and Mokkas, 2011; Gal, 2013) and bank
lending (Giannetti and Ongena, 2012) among others. In our empirical
analysis, we consider acquisitions occurred from 1997 to 2013 in 14
European countries, that is, EU-15 countries31 with the exception of
Luxembourg, for which no relevant manufacturing firm is observed. For
our purpose, a cross-border acquisition is defined as a transaction
involving a foreign company acquiring a stake of a previously
domestically-owned firm. Thus, the acquirer is a foreign-owned company
and the target is a domestic firm. We therefore exclude from this
definition certain types of operations, such as (i) wholly domestic
transactions where both the acquirer and target are domestic companies;
(ii) domestic firms acquiring foreign affiliates located in the acquirer
country; (iii) transactions involving two foreign entities, such as a foreign
31
These are the so-called ‘Old’ EU member countries: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and the UK,
Page 145
145
affiliate acquiring another foreign affiliate in a third country (iv)
operations resulting in increased stakes of ownership: the latter may
include, for instance, an MNE that already owns a certain percentage of a
domestic firm as a result of a previous cross-border takeover, and
successively engaging in a new acquiring operation to increase its control
over the domestic firm.
Also, we exclude mergers from our empirical analysis, since these
transactions involves a merging of companies on a one-to-one share
swap for shares in the new company32. Hence, while in an acquisition a
firm buys and subsumes another firm, a merger represents a transaction
where two or more firms decide to create a new company. Similarly, we
also exclude other forms of transactions such as joint ventures,
Institutional Buy-Outs (IBOs), Management Buy-Outs (MBOs) and share
buyback operations. Unfortunately, not all cross-border acquisitions in
Zephyr could be matched with company information in Orbis, due to
different issues such as missing observations for the acquired companies
in Orbis before the transactions and some missing identifiers. Other
acquisitions from Zephyr, instead, could not be used in the empirical
analysis because the target firms are not registered in Orbis.
After carefully considering all the above, the dataset includes 458 cross-
border acquisitions. Table 1 reports the number of cross-border
acquisitions and the number of firms by country based on the discussion
above. The sample consists of 306,247 firms observed at multiple points
in time over the period 1997-2013, for a total of 1,177,895 observations.
This results in an unbalanced panel of firms located across 14 countries.
As noticed by other studies using the Orbis database (e.g. Maffini and
Mokkas, 2011), the share of firms in the sample is skewed towards
certain countries such as Italy, Spain and France and this depends to a
large extent upon the availability of key variables across countries. As far
32
Definition from Zephyr user guide online.
Page 146
146
as cross-border acquisitions are concerned, the largest economies in
Europe, that is, Germany, France, Italy and the UK, account for almost
69% of the total number of transactions. Including Spain in this group
raises this percentage to about 79%.
A restricted sample is generated encompassing only those firms that
are acquired by an MNE over the years 1997-2013. In other words,
domestic companies that are never acquired in the sample period are
excluded from this second dataset. The sample size is then reduced to
268 firms acquired over the sample period and 759 observations. This
reduction in the number of acquired domestic firms is due to the
methodology adopted for the construction of variables, as explained in
the next section.
[Table 1 here]
4.3.2 Variables construction
In order to test our hypotheses relative to the two different drivers of
cross-border acquisitions, two proxy variables for productivity and
profitability of domestic firms are required. We follow the financial
literature in defining the profitability of firms as the ratio between
earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) and fixed assets (Dewenter and
Malatesta, 2001; Campa and Kedia, 2002; Cornett et al., 2008). EBIT is
calculated in Orbis as the difference between gross profit of a firm, the
total cost of goods sold and other operating expenses. Since EBIT is
calculated before taxes and interest expenses, it provides a good measure
of the ability of companies to make profits. As mentioned, EBIT is divided
by fixed assets as a measure of firm total capital. Finally, the variable is
normalised by its industry mean and logged, as follows:
Page 147
147
𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑏𝑖𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑦𝑖𝑡−1 = 𝑙𝑛(
𝑒𝑏𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑡𝑠)
𝑖𝑡−1
1𝑁
∑ (𝑒𝑏𝑖𝑡
𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑒𝑡𝑠)𝑠𝑡−1
𝑛𝑠=1
(1)
where i denotes the firm, t stands for time and s indicates the NACE 4-
digits manufacturing sector33. Industry means are only calculated by
year and sector in this measure, even if they could be also computed by
country. For instance, a domestic firm in a specific country can be
acquired because it is particularly profitable in its home country.
However, considering the high level of economic integration of EU
countries and the tight trade linkages across Europe, our preferred
measure of profitability is normalised on a wider industry mean than the
country level. Nonetheless, results are checked against alternative
measures of profitability, also taking into account such a national
dimension, are contemplated. First, the effects of depreciation and
amortization of assets are excluded from firm earnings by substituting
EBIT with a measure of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization (EBITDA). The latter can be relevant for capital-intensive
firms and sectors where the depreciation of capital can strongly depress
earnings as measured by EBIT. Second, two additional measures of
profitability are generated by replicating EBIT- and EBITDA-based
variables normalised on industry means calculated by individual country
for the reasons discussed above.
As far as labour productivity is concerned, following to Guadalupe et
al. (2012), this is intended as the ratio between value added and
employment, normalised by industry mean, as follows:
33
The sample includes 292 different NACE 4-digits manufacturing sectors.
Page 148
148
𝑙𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑢𝑟 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑑𝑢𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑖𝑡𝑦𝑖𝑡−1 = 𝑙𝑛
(𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝑎𝑑𝑑𝑒𝑑𝑒𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑜𝑦𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
)𝑖𝑡−1
1𝑁
∑ (𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒 𝑎𝑑𝑑𝑒𝑑𝑒𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑜𝑦𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡
)𝑠𝑡−1
𝑛𝑠=1
(2)
where i denotes the firm, t stands for time and s indicates the NACE 4-
digits manufacturing sector. A different proxy for labour productivity is
also computed by replacing value added with turnover. Furthermore, as
in the case of profitability, the two measures of labour productivity are
re-computed on industry means by country.
Although TFP may be a better proxy for firm productivity than labour
productivity, the calculation of TFP in Orbis is likely to lower the number
of observations and potentially decrease the number of cross-border
acquisitions that could be used in the empirical analysis, due to the high
requirements for TFP calculation in terms of data. Furthermore, the
decrease in the number of firms may be biased towards companies that
provide a wider range of data, and that are plausibly larger and more
productive than others34. Regardless of these potential limitations,
however, we test the robustness of our results also with respect to two
TFP measures. Table 2 provides the correlation matrix between the
various measures of profitability and labour productivity described in
this section (panel A). Interestingly, profitability and labour productivity
do not exhibit high correlation coefficients. In particular, the correlation
between our preferred measures (PR1 and LP1) is only 0.13. Panel B of
Table 2 provides the correlation coefficient between profitability and
labour productivity in the dataset restricted to domestic companies that
are acquired at some point during the sample period.
34
Gal (2013) shows a very high correlation between TFP and labour productivity
(calculated as value added-employment ratio) using Orbis data.
Page 149
149
Finally, we consider employment and fixed assets as control variables
for firm size and capital availability35. Summary statistics are described
in Table 3. Interestingly, the mean values of both profitability and labour
productivity are higher in the restricted sample than in the full sample.
Considering that the former only includes domestic firms that are
acquired by an MNE at a certain time over the sample period, such a
difference in mean values may be suggestive of the fact that firms that
are going to become foreign affiliates tend to be more profitable and
productive than the others. Similarly, these firms also tend to be larger
as well as having larger capital endowments.
[Table 2 and 3 here]
4.4 Empirical strategy
In this section we introduce the empirical setting adopted to evaluate
the relevance of the two main hypothesised factors motivating cross-
border acquisitions, that is, the search for productive assets and market
considerations. By employing different measures for labour productivity
and firm profitability, we model the selection decision of MNEs as the
linear probability that domestic firms can be acquired at any time during
the sample period. Covariates are included with a one-year lag in order to
avoid that target characteristics are influenced by foreign ownership. In
this respect, Fich et al. (2011) argue that an M&A negotiation period
typically lasts between 31 and 163 days from the initiation date.
Furthermore, also previous empirical contributions adopt a single year
lag to model acquisition decisions (e.g. Guadalupe et al., 2012; Blonigen
et al., 2014).
35
Similar to profitability and labour productivity, these control variables are normalised by yearly
industry means and take a logarithmic form: 𝑋𝑖𝑡−1 = 𝑙𝑛(𝑥)𝑖𝑡−1
1
𝑁∑ (𝑥)𝑠𝑡−1
𝑛𝑠=1
.
Page 150
150
Thus, the probability y that a domestic firm i operating in industry s
is acquired in a given year t is estimated as:
𝑦𝑖𝑡 = 𝛽𝑃𝑅𝑖𝑡−1 + 𝛾𝐿𝑃𝑖𝑡−1 + 𝜗𝑋𝑖𝑡−1 + 𝛿𝑡 + 𝜆𝑠𝑡 + 𝜔𝑐𝑡 + 𝜑𝑖 + 𝑢𝑖𝑡 (3)
where PR stands for firm profitability, LP indicates labour productivity, X
is a vector of time-varying firm-level controls, δ is a set of time dummies,
λ includes industry trends, ω represents a set of country-year dummy
variables, φ incorporates firm fixed effects and u is an idiosyncratic error
term. Although the only control variables included in X are firm lagged
employment and fixed assets, we are confident that incorporating fixed
effects at the firm-level will account for any independent, target-specific
and time invariant acquisition determinant that is omitted in the model.
These, for instance, can include managerial quality and practices,
company structure, reputation effects and all sorts of unobserved time-
constant factors operating within the firm that can attract takeovers or
can be correlated with the capacity to generate earnings or employing
assets efficiently.
We also control for specific influences that can affect cross-border
acquisition decisions across years by including time dummies. In fact, it
is well documented that aggregate M&A occur in waves (Andrade et al.,
2001) and such a cyclical nature of corporate business can affect the
probability of firms to be acquired in a given year. Moreover, waves of
mergers tend to be clustered within industries as a result of the exposure
of firms to technological, regulatory and economic shocks that alter the
structure of specific industries (Mitchell and Mulherin, 1996). Hence,
industry trends are included in our empirical model to account for any
time variant industry-specific disturbance that can affect domestic firms’
characteristics as well as the strategic decision of MNEs to incur in a
cross-border takeover and select a specific target. A third important
Page 151
151
dimension of the non-uniform distribution of acquisitions controlled for
is the geographical dimension. In fact, the clustering of acquisitions in
specific countries is striking in our data, as evidenced in Table 1.
Although firm fixed effects include the location of targets and we do not
have data on firms that move in space across time, we generate a set of
country-year dummies that allow controlling for the concentration of
cross-border takeovers in specific destinations over time. The relevance
of national boundaries and geography for the occurrence of international
acquisitions tends to be associated with the performance of national
stock markets, which are more likely to affect a country as a whole
rather than a specific industry (Erel et al., 2012).
With respect to existing empirical strategies modelling the selection
decisions of MNEs, we combine the above-mentioned aspects in a novel
way. For instance, while accounting for industry trends and time fixed
effects, Guadalupe et al. (2012) explore within-industry differences in
probability of international acquisitions, not controlling for fixed effects
operating at the level of individual firms in their linear probability
specification. Blonigen et al. (2014) extend their baseline logit analysis to
include firm and time fixed effects using a sample that only includes
acquired foreign affiliates. As evidenced in the equation to be estimated
presented above, instead, our empirical strategy combines firm and time
fixed effects with industry trends in a linear specification, employing both
a full dataset including acquired firms as well as those that are never
acquired, and a restricted dataset only containing companies that are
acquired at some point over the sample period. In addition, considering
that the present study focuses on a set of countries rather than a single
country, we also incorporate a term capturing waves of acquisitions that
cluster within national economies. In so doing, we investigate the
relevance of within-firm variation in profitability and labour productivity
in affecting the selection decisions of MNEs that engage in cross-border
takeovers.
Page 152
152
4.5 Results
This section is structured in six parts, each coinciding to a different
empirical approach employed to test our hypotheses regarding the
selection decisions of MNEs in cross-border takeovers. First, the baseline
analysis concentrates on the relevance of lagged profitability and labour
productivity in driving the choices of MNEs towards certain target firms
rather than others. Second, we scrutinize alternative specifications of the
baseline setting by introducing and testing different measures of firm
profitability and labour productivity. Third, we explore the potential non-
linearity of the selection decision of MNEs as far as the interaction
between profitability and labour productivity is concerned. Fourth, we
compare target profitability and labour productivity across industries
characterised by different technological intensity. Fifth, we adopt a more
stringent definition of cross-border takeovers by re-estimating the linear
probability model on acquisitions of majority stakes as well as completed
takeovers. Finally, we assess the relevance of target characteristics by
restricting the sample to include only domestic firms that are acquired at
some point over the sample period.
4.5.1 Probability of foreign acquisition: baseline estimates
The baseline results for the estimation of the linear probability
equation are provided in Table 4. In columns (1) and (2), lagged measures
of firm profitability and labour productivity are entered in isolation.
[Table 4 here]
This preliminary evidence suggests that, conditional on being
domestically-owned before acquisition, a target firm’s higher ability to
exploit market opportunities and make profits matter for the selection
Page 153
153
decisions of MNEs. On the other hand labour productivity does not
appear to be a relevant driver of acquisition decisions, suggesting that
takeovers in Europe are not associated with the search for valuable
productive assets. The lack of significance on labour productivity could
be due to the fact that other controls for firm size and fixed capital are
not included. Hence, in columns (3) and (4), covariates for employment
and fixed assets are added, with our variables of interest still kept
separate. Results do not vary in terms of statistical significance as
compared to the previous specifications, supporting the hypothesis that
cross-border takeovers are more inspired by market considerations. By
contrast, there is no supporting evidence for selection decisions based on
within-firm changes in productivity. A concern on the validity of these
results may arise by entering both profitability and labour productivity in
the same specification, as their effects and significance could deviate
from specifications where they are separately estimated. Therefore, we
test this by running estimations reported in columns (5) and (6), which
incorporate firm profitability and labour productivity in the same model.
Analogously to previous estimates, results remain stable suggesting that
MNEs tend to select more profitable domestic firms. As evidenced by
results in columns (1) to (4), the statistical insignificance of the
coefficient on firm labour productivity as a determinant of cross-border
takeovers in columns (5) and (6) cannot be associated with the
simultaneous inclusion of the profitability measure. Moreover, while it
could be argued that firm profitability captures an effect similar to that of
labour productivity, we have shown in the data section that their
correlation coefficient is particularly modest in magnitude. We consider
the coefficient on profitability in column (6) as our preferred baseline
estimate since this is our most extended specification. This denotes that
firms experiencing a one percentage point increase in profitability have a
probability of 0.038% of being acquired or, equivalently, a one standard
deviation increase in lagged profitability is on average associated with a
Page 154
154
0.8% higher probability of being acquired by a foreign MNE in any given
year. This latter figure should be interpreted bearing in mind that only
0.15% of firms are acquired in our full sample, as shown by the numbers
reported in Table 1. Hence, the magnitude of the effect appears to be
nontrivial.
These baseline results tend to corroborate the notion that MNEs
select domestic companies that exhibit notable within-firm changes in
profitability, after potential waves of cross-border takeovers as well as
trends of corporate activity in specific industries and countries are
controlled for. This implies that domestic firms experiencing above-
average increases in their profitability are targeted by MNEs in the
following year. This provides some preliminary support to the hypothesis
that cross-border acquisitions are associated with a market entry
rationale, according to which MNEs aim at securing a solid position in
foreign locations through the acquisition of a profitable domestic
company in order to access new or larger market opportunities.
As it is mentioned above, a one year lag in the measures of
profitability and labour productivity appears reasonable according to the
evidence on the typical negotiation time required for acquisitions (Fich et
al., 2011). To a closer inspection this circumstance is also corroborated
by our data: indeed, by exploiting time information about acquisitions,
we find that 90% of transactions in our sample are rumoured or
announced in the same calendar year in which they are eventually
completed. This figure increases to 98% when also including acquisitions
that are rumoured or announced in a specific calendar year and they are
successfully completed in the following year. Therefore, in terms of
timing, cross-border takeover decisions appear to be based in most cases
on a relatively quick assessment of target firms that have recently
experienced a profitability boost. Conceptually, this common occurrence
could be considered as reasonable when cross-border acquisitions are
associated to a market access rationale: indeed, MNEs in search of new
Page 155
155
or wider market opportunities plausibly tend to assess targets on their
more recent observable market performance and linkages. Also, the high
speed of the selection decision could be also underpinned by
considerations in terms of price: that is, firms with growing businesses
can become more costly in time.
4.5.2 Evidence from alternative measures of profitability and
productivity
In the previous section we have explored how firm profitability and
labour productivity affect international acquisitions by employing the
operational definitions reported in equations (1) and (2). A concern could
be that our baseline results will change with different definitions of these
measures. For instance, in considering EBIT we are incorporating
amortisation and depreciation costs in our profitability measure.
Similarly, in normalising our measures by yearly industry means we are
not accounting for the relative important role that specific firms can play
in their industry within their national boundaries. To accommodate these
and other aspects, this section offers an analysis of cross-border
takeovers by employing alternative measures of profitability and labour
productivity constructed as explained in section 3.2.
Table 5 reports the linear probability estimation results on the full
sample of domestic firms by adopting these new measures. In Panel A,
we alternate different proxies of labour productivity, while firm
profitability enters the model as specified in equation (1). Similarly, Panel
B includes labour productivity as constructed in equation (2) combined
with alternative proxy variables for firm profitability. All specifications
include covariates for firm size in terms of employment and fixed assets
as well as a full set of year dummies, industry trends, country-year
dummies and time invariant firm effects. In this respect, estimated
Page 156
156
coefficients in Table 5 are directly comparable with our baseline
estimates.
[Table 5 here]
Results in Panel A support the idea that selection decisions of MNEs
are associated with the search for domestic firms with a strong ability to
make successful business. This result remains stable across
specifications when different measures of labour productivity are
employed. The latter, similarly to the baseline results, does not exhibit
statistically significant coefficients in columns (1) to (3) regardless of the
way in which the measure is constructed. As matter of fact, substituting
firm value added with turnover as well as fragmenting yearly industry
means by country constantly provides the same non-significant
estimates on labour productivity. In a similar vein, Panel B reports
estimation results that corroborate further the hypothesis that cross-
border acquisitions are influenced by the increasing success of domestic
firm boost in profitability, while MNEs do not seem to be sensitive to the
opportunity to access the productive assets of potential target
companies, ceteris paribus. The statistical relevance of firm profitability is
also robust to different operational definitions as suggested by columns
(4) to (6), where the significance level is maintained between 1% and 5%.
Interestingly, the magnitude of the effect is similar to that in our
baseline estimates, with the exception of EBITDA-based measures of
profitability, which exhibit a stronger effect. This may reasonably suggest
that depreciation and amortisation truly depress firm earnings when they
are not excluded from the definition of profitability.
A further concern with respect to these results can be related to the
inclusion of labour productivity as a proxy for domestic firms’ valuable
productive assets instead of TFP. In fact, while labour productivity tends
to capture the incidence and relevance of the workforce in transforming
Page 157
157
inputs into output, it misses by definition the role played by other factors
of production. At the same time, it is possible that firm profitability
captures within-firm variation in TFP, and this would explain the
constantly significant coefficients associated with different measures of
firm profitability. In a nutshell, excluding TFP could simultaneously
explain the statistical relevance of firm profitability and the insignificance
of labour productivity. Our empirical model described by equation (3) in
Section 4 can be easily modified to accommodate the inclusion of a
measure of TFP. Therefore, two simple measures of production function-
based TFP are generated by exploiting Orbis data and following Gal
(2013). By exploiting information on firm value added, employment and
tangible fixed assets, firm TFP is estimated as the residual of both simple
OLS and fixed effects estimations at the firm level. Hence, we normalise
these two measures of TFP by yearly industry means at the 4-digits
industry level and we lag them. We eventually obtain two variables of TFP
with a similar structure to our measures of profitability and labour
productivity. The correlation coefficient between the two measures of TFP
is 0.35, suggesting that the portion of time invariant productivity is large.
This is also evident by comparing the correlation between the two
measures of TFP and labour productivity, as described in equation (2).
The coefficient stands at 0.85 in the case of OLS residual TFP, while it
decreases to 0.31 when labour productivity is compared to the fixed
effects TFP. With respect to the potential issue that profitability may
capture some TFP-type effect, this should not constitute a concern in our
data given that the correlation between OLS residual TFP and
profitability, the latter defined in equation (1), is only 0.32 and it falls to
0.08 when considering fixed effects TFP.
[Table 6 here]
Page 158
158
In Table 6, the linear probability model detailed in equation (3) is
estimated by substituting labour productivity with TFP to check the
robustness of our previous results to the inclusion of such a variable. A
first observation should be made with respect to the number of firms that
enter the regression, which falls from 306,247 to 213,776, further
justifying the adoption of labour productivity in the first place to study a
larger sample and to avoid selection issues. Similarly to Table 4, columns
(1) and (2) first report the results for productivity in isolation. Neither
version of TFP yields statistical significant coefficients, in line with the
estimates of labour productivity. Columns (3) and (4) instead reflect
previous results, with a notable role played by domestic firms’ market
linkages in shaping the selection decisions of MNEs that engage in cross-
border takeovers. Therefore, the pattern illustrated in the baseline is
further supported, and concerns associated with our preferred measures
of profitability and productivity should be, at least, mitigated by the tests
performed in this section.
4.5.3 Non-linearity in within-firm probability of foreign
acquisition
While previous sections presented baseline results and their
robustness to model specification with alternative measures of
profitability and labour productivity, this part will investigate whether
the probability of foreign acquisition that each domestic firm faces in any
given year can be considered as a non-linear function of its valuable
productive assets and its capacity to run profitable businesses. The
notion that higher productive efficiency corresponds to thriving market
performance is well established (Foster et al., 2008). Therefore, this may
reasonably suggest that the probability of foreign acquisition associated
with the market access rationale underlined by our previous results
could be particularly marked in the presence of more productive
Page 159
159
domestic firms. In other words, more productive domestic companies can
be those that reasonably experience a more substantial positive within-
firm expansion in profits as compared to previous years. In this respect,
firm productivity is conceptually seen as a determinant of cross-border
acquisitions that discriminates between potential targets rather than
indicating when a domestic company is acquired. This is in line with the
empirical evidence produced in Guadalupe et al. (2012), who maintain
that MNEs cherry-pick more productive firms within industries36. In our
setting, this could explain the non-significant coefficient emerging from
within-firm variation in productivity and, at the same time, the relevant
role played by thriving firm profitability. Therefore, from an empirical
point of view, we augment the probability model in equation (3) by
entering an interaction term between firm profitability and labour
productivity in order to delve into the potential interplay between these
two firm characteristics in shaping the selection decisions of MNEs.
Results of this estimation are reported in column (1) of Table 7, which
shows that the effects of firm profitability and labour productivity do not
vary as compared to previous results. Interestingly, the interaction term
yields a positive and significant coefficient, as hypothesised. Within-firm
differences in the probability of being acquired also depend upon the
level of firm productivity, conditional on being domestically-owned before
the takeover.
[Table 7 here]
To further examine this aspect, we break our sample down at median
values of firm profitability and labour productivity. In so doing, we are
able to estimate the probability of being acquired as a function of within-
36
By contrast, the study of within-firm differences in the probability of being acquired by a MNE in
Blonigen et al. (2014) suggests that the occurrence of negative shocks in firm productivity
encourages takeovers as it lowers the price.
Page 160
160
firm variation in profitability using specific sub-samples of high- (low-)
productive domestic companies. Similarly, we test the differential
relevance of firm productivity in shaping foreign acquisition decisions on
sub-samples of high- (low-) profitability enterprises.
Estimates are presented in columns (2) to (5) of Table 7. The
concentration of the statistically significant effect of profitability in the
sub-sample of domestic firms exhibiting a level of labour productivity
above the median in column (2) supports the idea that more productive
domestic companies tend to experience positive within-firm variations in
their profitability that make them systematically more appealing for
takeovers than the rest of potential targets. In this sub-sample of
domestic firms, a one standard deviation increase in lagged profitability
corresponds to a 1.4% higher probability of being acquired by a foreign
MNE in any given year37, which is a larger effect than the one retrieved in
our baseline estimates. As expected, the same does not occur in column
(4) when we analyse within-firm changes in labour productivity in the
segment of high profitability companies. As mentioned, these results
corroborate the hypothesis that a notable portion of the profitability
effect tends to be concentrated among more efficient firms, as these may
plausibly be those that easily experience a reinforcement of their
businesses over time.
4.5.4 Foreign acquisitions and technology
The profitability effect emerged in previous results may also be
associated with the technological intensity of specific industries. We
employ the Eurostat aggregations of manufacturing sectors by
technological intensity based on NACE Rev.2 in order to identify
industries characterised by different levels of technology. In so doing, we
are able to group firms into high-medium technology and medium-low
37
The standard deviation of lagged profitability in this sub-sample is equal to 2.0463.
Page 161
161
technology sectors. In particular, the former category encompasses
68,477 firms grouped in 92 4-digit industries while the latter contains
237,770 companies in 200 4-digit industries. The number of cross-
border takeovers is similar across the two segments of firms, with 227
acquisitions occurring in high-medium technology sectors and 231 in
medium-low technology industries. The profitability effect on the
probability of being acquired by a MNE can plausibly be associated with
sectors that are characterised by a higher technological intensity as these
industries could require higher costs of entry and investment in R&D
(Narula and Hagedoorn, 1999). Therefore, limited competition in these
sectors could be conducive of stronger increases in firm profitability over
time. The lower number of firms in high-medium technology sectors in
our data seems to point in this direction. Interestingly, firm average size
in terms of employment of firms in high-medium technology industries is
179 employees in our sample, whilst the same dimension decreases to 61
employees when considering medium-low technology sectors. Thus,
domestic firms operating in segments of the economy where the
technological content is higher are considerably larger in size. This can
produce additional barriers to entry due to strong economies of scale in
these industries, especially in presence of transport costs and non-
homogeneous goods.
In Table 8, we estimate the probability of being acquired by
differentiating between high-medium technology and medium-low-
technology sectors. Columns (1) and (2) report results for the baseline
model while columns (3) and (4) include the interaction term between
firm profitability and labour productivity. The effect of profitability tend
to be concentrated in high-medium technology sectors, as anticipated,
while cross-border acquisitions in medium-low technology industries are
not responsive to this aspect. The coefficient in column (1) suggests that
a one standard deviation increase in firm profitability corresponds to a
2.5% higher chance of switching to foreign ownership in the following
Page 162
162
year, conditional of being previously domestically-owned38. The effect of
profitability holds when the interaction enters the specification. The
latter is surprisingly non-significant when examining takeovers in high-
medium technology sectors, while it becomes weakly relevant in the sub-
sample of medium-low technology industries. This may indicate that the
(weak) effect of profitability in these sectors is present only for the most
productive firms experiencing a positive variation in earnings.
[Table 8 here]
4.5.5 Completed and majority foreign acquisitions
This section is aimed at testing the robustness of our previous results
with respect to changes in the dependent variable. The measure of time
varying foreign ownership employed so far, in fact, contains different
types of cross-border takeover. The first difference relates to acquisitions
of majority and minority stakes of the target firm. In fact, different
organisational strategies by MNEs can lead to the decision to engage into
cross-border takeovers according to different degrees of control of foreign
assets. The second difference is associated with the completion of a deal
as opposed to acquisitions that are only announced or rumoured.
[Table 9 here]
Table 9 provides evidence considering these different aspects. In
columns (1) and (2), we consider a measure of majority acquisitions,
defined as transactions resulting in a total share of foreign ownership
that is equal or larger than 50%. As a result, the total number of
acquisitions decreases to 420 from the initial 458. This limited decrease
in the number of cross-border takeovers is not due to the fact that MNEs
38
The standard deviation in this subsample is 1.9983.
Page 163
163
immediately acquire a large ownership share of targets. Actually,
acquisitions of more limited shares are frequent in our sample. However,
most of these are followed by further transactions in the same calendar
year by the same MNE aimed at increasing its stake of ownership. In
these cases, we consider only the last operation of acquisition, often
resulting in a majority takeover. By contrast, when more operations
between the same acquirer and target span over different calendar years,
we consider the first operation only. Columns (3) and (4), instead, report
estimation results for completed operations. As mentioned, some
acquisitions are only announced or rumoured, whereas completed
acquisitions amount to 416 transactions. Finally, in columns (5) and (6),
we simultaneously combine information on majority and completed
operations, thus obtaining 387 cross-border acquisitions. Results
continue to support the notion that takeovers are associated with market
access considerations via domestic firms experiencing thriving business
conditions. Furthermore, similarly to previous results, columns (2), (4)
and (6) report that this effect is also mediated by firm productivity: that
is, when a domestic company is more efficient, within-firm expansion in
profitability tends to be associated with a higher chance of being
acquired in a given year. The magnitude of the estimated coefficients is
also in line with previous results.
4.5.6 Evidence from acquisition targets only
In the previous sections, we employed a full sample containing both
firms that are acquired at some point over the period 1997-2013 and
firms that remain domestically-owned over the whole time span. By
contrast, in this part the sample is restricted to domestic firms that are
acquired by foreign MNEs in a certain year, similarly to the empirical
strategy of Blonigen et al. (2014). Therefore, we test whether within-firm
variation in profitability and productivity also explain differences in the
Page 164
164
probability of foreign acquisition in the group of targeted domestic
companies. This empirical approach can also be informative of the timing
of foreign takeovers, considering that all firms in the sample are acquired
by the end of the sample period.
[Table 10 here]
Table 10 presents the estimation results based on data on 268 firms
acquired over the period. We lose some of the acquisitions as compared
to the full sample due the generation of new variables for firm
profitability, productivity and other characteristics as well as yearly
industry means. Results still support the idea that MNEs that engage in
cross-border takeovers select domestic firms experiencing a boost in their
business performance in the form of higher profitability, while firm
productivity does not play a relevant role. The significance level of the
coefficients on firm profitability, however, ranges between 5% and 10%.
Furthermore, we do not detect any significant interaction effect between
firm profitability and productivity. These differences are probably due to
a more limited within-firm variation in profitability and productivity in
the sample restricted to acquisition targets only, as compared to the full
sample. Overall, however, results in Table 10 still support the baseline
estimates as well as the hypothesis in favour of market access
considerations as the fundamental element that informs the selection
decisions of MNEs engaging in acquisitions across borders.
4.6 Conclusions
The relevance of M&A over other forms of FDI has notably grown in
the last decades. This is particularly the case of FDI in advanced
economies, where the acquisition of pre-existing domestic firms is the
preferential strategy of entry of MNEs. In spite of this, academic research
Page 165
165
trying to understand the selection decisions of MNEs that engage in
cross-border takeovers has lagged behind, in part as a result of lack of
information on changes in the ownership structure of companies.
Therefore, shedding light on the systematic patterns of selection that
characterise the choices of international acquirers has become
particularly urgent in both academic and policy terms. In fact, with few
recent exceptions, existing econometric studies only focus on industry-
wide or country-wide determinants of acquisitions and the micro-level
drivers of this important form of FDI remain underscored. This lack of
quantitative empirical evidence on a central feature of current
globalisation (i.e. cross-border acquisitions) represents an important
motivation developing the present chapter.
In this paper we have hypothesised that while the productivity
mechanism suggested by the literature can be a relevant driver of
acquisitions, market access considerations could be analogously
important in shaping the behaviour of MNEs. In fact, corporate strategies
can be also aimed at securing a position of strength in a foreign market
via the acquisition of a domestic firm experiencing thriving business
performance. By employing data on European firms in EU ‘old’ member
countries, we found strong evidence in favour of this second hypothesis,
while productivity motives for acquisition do not find any support in our
sample. This finding appears especially meaningful considering that EU-
15 countries are notoriously associated with inflows of FDI aimed at
accessing the large European market (Head and Mayer, 2004). Our
results are robust to different measurements of productivity and firm
profitability. Furthermore, our findings suggest that the effect of positive
within-firm variation in business conditions tends to be concentrated
among more productive firms, providing some support for the notion that
MNEs acquire more efficient firms that are capable to increase the
profitability of their business operations. As expected, the relevance of
the time varying capacity of firm to make profits is concentrated in
Page 166
166
industries characterised by higher technological intensity. This is
possibly due to the higher barriers to entry and the presence of scale
economies in these sectors. Our findings are also robust to different
definitions of foreign ownership, including the acquisition of majority
stakes and the inclusion of completed transactions only. Finally, our
main results also hold when reducing the sample to include only those
firms that switch from domestic to foreign ownership during the sample
period. It is important to notice, however, that within-industry
differences in MNE performance can be associated with different
propensity and ability to accumulate knowledge, invest in R&D as well as
managerial capability (Castellani and Zanfei, 2006; Castellani and
Giovannetti, 2010). Therefore, selection in the acquisition strategies of
MNEs could be related to some extent to MNE diversity in these
underlying characteristics. While the present study is limited in this
respect, this can be considered a valuable line for future research on the
selection patterns of cross-border takeovers. Moreover, data limitation
does not allow measuring strategic assets of target firms in a neat
manner, but several measures for productivity are employed. A further
limitation is associated with the existence of explanations of international
acquisitions not directly tested in this chapter. For instance, MNEs from
emerging countries increasingly adopt knowledge augmenting strategies
by acquiring companies in developed countries (Luo and Tung, 2007).
Our data does not allow identifying a sufficient number of transactions
undertaken by this type of MNE and therefore this analysis cannot be
adequately developed from an econometric standpoint.
In a policy perspective, this paper’s findings can be considered to
delineate measures to support industrial restructuring in the EU as a
strategy of firms to maintain or increase their competitiveness. However,
policy makers should also be concerned with the risks associated to large
waves of M&A in terms of a reduction of market competition through the
Page 167
167
acquisition activity of MNE, thus taking into account a reinforcement of
antitrust policies.
Page 168
168
Table 4.1: Firms and acquisitions by country, 1997-2013
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Country Observations Firms % Acquisitions %
A. Full sample
Austria 3,345 1,300 0.42 6 1.31
Belgium 15,245 3,254 1.06 35 7.64
Denmark 253 42 0.01 0 0.00
France 129,674 38,050 12.42 63 13.76
Finland 23,273 6,672 2.18 17 3.71
Germany 68,970 23,013 7.51 79 17.25
Greece 18 8 0.00 0 0.00
Italy 325,555 91,964 30.03 93 20.31
Ireland 1,407 490 0.16 2 0.44
Netherlands 1,063 320 0.10 2 0.44
Portugal 79,640 24,556 8.02 6 1.31
Spain 419,717 90,231 29.46 49 10.70
Sweden 70,720 15,958 5.21 28 6.11
United Kingdom 39,015 10,389 3.39 78 17.03
Total 1,177,895 306,247 100.00 458 100.00
B. Restricted sample
Austria 11 3 1.12 3 1.12
Belgium 48 22 8.21 22 8.21
Denmark 0 0 0.00 0 0.00
France 69 25 9.33 25 9.33
Finland 25 10 3.73 10 3.73
Germany 109 44 16.42 44 16.42
Greece 0 0 0.00 0 0.00
Italy 171 59 22.01 59 22.01
Ireland 0 0 0.00 0 0.00
Netherlands 6 2 0.75 2 0.75
Portugal 1 1 0.37 1 0.37
Spain 107 34 12.69 34 12.69
Sweden 68 19 7.09 19 7.09
United Kingdom 144 49 18.28 49 18.28
Total 759 268 100.00 268 100.00
Notes: A) Columns 1, 2, and 3 are based on Orbis data, while columns 4 and 5 are based on
Zephyr.
Page 169
169
Table 4.2: Correlation between measures of profitability and labour productivity
PR1 PR2 PR3 PR4 LP1 LP2 LP3 LP4 EM AS
Full sample
ln (ebit/assets) t-1 (PR1) 1
ln (ebitda/assets) t-1 (PR2) 0.89 1
ln (ebit/assets) by country t-1 (PR3) 0.72 0.66 1
ln (ebitda/assets) by country t-1 (PR4) 0.66 0.72 0.90 1
ln (value added/empl.) t-1 (LP1) 0.13 0.12 0.08 0.07 1
ln (turnover/empl.) t-1 (LP2) 0.13 0.12 0.08 0.07 0.73 1
ln (value added/empl.) by country t-1 (LP3) 0.10 0.09 0.12 0.11 0.83 0.58 1
ln (turnover/empl.) by country t-1 (LP4) 0.11 0.10 0.13 0.11 0.62 0.82 0.70 1
ln employmentt-1 (EM) -0.04 -0.04 -0.11 -0.11 0.15 0.13 0.04 0.01 1
ln assetst-1 (AS) -0.31 -0.34 -0.37 -0.39 0.38 0.34 0.28 0.22 0.75 1
Restricted sample
ln (value added/empl.) t-1 (LP1) 0.29
Notes: PR stands for profitability and LP stands for labour productivity. All variables are normalised by industry
mean as explained in the relative section.
Page 170
170
Table 4.3: Descriptive statistics
Obs Mean
Std.
Dev. Obs Mean
Std.
Dev.
Full sample Restricted sample
ln (ebit/assets) t-1 1177895 -1.899 2.078 759 -0.2647 1.1888
ln (ebitda/assets) t-1 1124238 -1.372 1.638
ln (ebit/assets) by country t-1 1002614 -1.327 1.989
ln (ebitda/assets) by country t-1 1037000 -0.953 1.614
ln (value added/empl.) t-1 1177895 -0.161 0.663 759 -0.0273 0.4052
ln (turnover/empl.) t-1 1149393 -0.430 0.898
ln (value added/empl.) by country t-1 1177084 -0.100 0.592
ln (turnover/empl.) by country t-1 1149392 -0.256 0.767
ln employment t-1 1177895 -1.109 1.482 759 -0.5768 1.3810
ln assets t-1 1177895 -1.900 2.231 759 -0.9005 1.845
Notes: PR stands for profitability and LP stands for labour productivity. All variables are
normalised by industry mean as explained in section 3.2.
Page 171
171
Table 4.4: Probability of foreign acquisition
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Dep Var: Foreign
ownership
ln Profitability t-1 0.0035***
0.0040***
0.0037** 0.0038**
(0.0013)
(0.0015)
(0.0013) (0.0015)
ln Labour productivity t-1
0.0063
0.0075 0.0048 0.0045
(0.0073)
(0.0084) (0.0073) (0.0084)
ln Employment t-1
-0.0011 0.0030
0.0008
(0.0056) (0.0067)
(0.0067)
ln Assets t-1
0.0033 -0.0007
0.0026
(0.0032) (0.0028)
(0.0032)
Observations 1,177,895 1,177,895 1,177,895 1,177,895 1,177,895 1,177,895
Clusters 306,247 306,247 306,247 306,247 306,247 306,247
R-squared 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.46
adj. R-squared 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.26
Year FEs Y Y Y Y Y Y
Country-year dummies Y Y Y Y Y Y
Industry trends Y Y Y Y Y Y
Firm FEs Y Y Y Y Y Y
Notes: A) Firm-level clustered standard errors in parentheses. *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1. B) All
variables are normalised by industry means computed yearly at NACE 4-digits level.
Page 172
172
Table 4.5: Alternative measures for profitability and labour productivity
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Dep Var: Foreign ownership A. Alternative measures of labour productivity
Profitability=ln(ebit/assets) t-1 0.0036** 0.0037** 0.0034**
(0.0015) (0.0015) (0.0015)
Labour productivity = ln (turnover/empl.) t-1 0.0037
(0.0066)
ln (value added/empl.)
0.0057 by country t-1
(0.0085)
ln (turnover/empl.)
0.0083 by country t-1
(0.0089)
B. Alternative measures of profitability
Labour productivity = ln (value added/employment) t-1
0.0035 0.0142 0.0136
(0.0091) (0.0087) (0.0085)
Profitability = ln (ebitda/assets) t-1
0.0062***
(0.0022)
ln (ebit/assets) by country t-1
0.0040**
(0.0017)
ln (ebitda/assets) by country t-1
0.0051**
(0.0020)
C. Both panels
ln Employment t-1 0.0009 0.0012 0.0030 -0.0006 0.0078 0.0076
(0.0066) (0.0066) (0.0074) (0.0070) (0.0077) (0.0074)
ln Assets t-1 0.0028 0.0025 0.0022 0.0041 0.0027 0.0031
(0.0031) (0.0032) (0.0032) (0.0035) (0.0036) (0.0037)
Observations 1,149,393 1,177,084 1,149,392 1,124,238 1,002,614 1,037,000
Clusters 300,389 306,193 300,389 300,174 290,959 293,043
R-squared 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.47 0.50 0.49
adj. R-squared 0.27 0.26 0.27 0.27 0.30 0.29
Year FEs Y Y Y Y Y Y
Country-year dummies Y Y Y Y Y Y
Industry trends Y Y Y Y Y Y
Firm FEs Y Y Y Y Y Y
Notes: A) Firm-level clustered standard errors in parentheses. *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1. B) All variables are normalised by industry means computed yearly at NACE 4-digits level. Where specified, industry means are also calculated by country.
Page 173
173
Table 4.6: Foreign acquisitions and total factor productivity
(1) (2) (3) (4) Dep Var: Foreign
ownership
ln Profitability t-1
0.0061*** 0.0059**
(0.0023) (0.0023)
ln TFP ols t-1 0.0172
0.0112
(0.0141)
(0.0140)
ln TFP fe t-1
0.0237
0.0165
(0.0152)
(0.0150)
ln Assets t-1 0.0040 0.0030 0.0088 0.0079
(0.0056) (0.0054) (0.0060) (0.0058)
ln Employment t-1 0.0045 -0.0008 0.0007 -0.0026
(0.0131) (0.0110) (0.0130) (0.0109)
Observations 662,910 662,910 662,910 662,910
Clusters 213,776 213,776 213,776 213,776
R-squared 0.51 0.51 0.51 0.51
adj. R-squared 0.28 0.28 0.28 0.28
Year FEs Y Y Y Y
Country-year dummies Y Y Y Y
Industry trends Y Y Y Y
Firm FEs Y Y Y Y
Notes: A) Firm-level clustered standard errors in parentheses. ***
p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1. B) All variables are normalised by industry
means computed yearly at NACE 4-digits level.
Page 174
174
Table 4.7: Interaction effect between firm profitability and labour productivity
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Full
sample
High
productivity
Low
productivity
High
profitability
Low
profitability Dep Var: Foreign
ownership
(>50%) (<50%) (>50%) (<50%)
ln Profitability t-1 0.0046*** 0.0070** 0.0024
(0.0015) (0.0033) (0.0027)
ln Labour
productivity t-1 0.0105
0.0262 -8.00e-05
(0.0075)
(0.0184) (0.0132)
Interaction t-1 0.0038**
(0.0017)
ln Employment t-1 0.0003 4.75e-05 -0.0178 0.0113 -0.0069
(0.0057) (0.0119) (0.0148) (0.0115) (0.0127)
ln Assets t-1 0.0027 0.0081 -0.0008 -0.0013 0.0012
(0.0027) (0.0062) (0.0062) (0.0054) (0.0077)
Observations 1,177,895 502,265 503,006 502,252 503,033
Clusters 306,247 245,122 245,386 245,123 245,391
R-squared 0.46 0.67 0.71 0.65 0.72
adj. R-squared 0.26 0.35 0.44 0.31 0.45
Year FEs Y Y Y Y Y
Country-year dummies Y Y Y Y Y
Industry trends Y Y Y Y Y
Firm FEs Y Y Y Y Y
Notes: A) Firm-level clustered standard errors in parentheses. *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, *
p<0.1. B) All variables are normalised by industry means computed yearly at NACE 4-digits
level.
Page 175
175
Table 4.8: Probability of foreign acquisition by technological class
(1) (2) (3) (4) Dep Var: Foreign
ownership High-Medium
tech. Medium-Low
tech. High-Medium
tech. Medium-Low
tech.
ln Profitability t-1 0.0124** 0.0013 0.0141** 0.0019
(0.0053) (0.0013) (0.0061) (0.0015)
ln Labour productivity t-
1 0.0043 0.0051 0.0144 0.0101
(0.0224) (0.00741) (0.0244) (0.0073)
Interaction t-1
0.0064 0.0032*
(0.00610) (0.00174)
ln Employment t-1 0.0057 0.0009 0.0053 0.0003
(0.0185) (0.0057) (0.0185) (0.0057)
ln Assets t-1 0.0107 0.0003 0.0111 0.0004
(0.0093) (0.0031) (0.0094) (0.0031)
Observations 272,394 905,501 272,394 905,501
Clusters 68,477 237,770 68,477 237,770
R-squared 0.43 0.48 0.43 0.48
adj. R-squared 0.23 0.30 0.23 0.30
Year FEs Y Y Y Y
Country-year dummies Y Y Y Y
Industry trends Y Y Y Y
Firm FEs Y Y Y Y
Notes: A) Firm-level clustered standard errors in parentheses. *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, *
p<0.1. B) All variables are normalised by industry means computed yearly at NACE 4-digits
level.
Page 176
176
Table 4.9: Completed and majority acquisitions
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Dep Var: Foreign
ownership Majority Completed Completed majority
ln Profitability t-1 0.0035** 0.0044*** 0.0033** 0.0041** 0.0032** 0.0041***
(0.0014) (0.0017) (0.0014) (0.0016) (0.0014) (0.0016)
ln Labour
productivity t-1 0.0023 0.0092 0.0043 0.0104 0.0027 0.0092
(0.0082) (0.0085) (0.0082) (0.0084) (0.0080) (0.0083)
Interaction t-1
0.0043**
0.0038**
0.0041**
(0.0019)
(0.0018)
(0.0018)
ln Employment t-1 0.0005 0.0001 0.0023 0.0018 0.0016 0.0010
(0.0065) (0.0065) (0.0065) (0.0065) (0.0064) (0.0064)
ln Assets t-1 0.0019 0.0020 0.0017 0.0019 0.0013 0.0014
(0.0031) (0.0031) (0.0031) (0.0031) (0.0030) (0.0030)
Observations 1,177,895 1,177,895 1,177,895 1,177,895 1,177,895 1,177,895
Clusters 306,247 306,247 306,247 306,247 306,247 306,247
R-squared 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.46 0.46
adj. R-squared 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
Year FEs Y Y Y Y Y Y
Country-year
dummies Y Y Y Y Y Y
Industry trends Y Y Y Y Y Y
Firm FEs Y Y Y Y Y Y
Notes: A) Firm-level clustered standard errors in parentheses. *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1.
B) All variables are normalised by industry means computed yearly at NACE 4-digits level.
Page 177
177
Table 4.10: Restricted sample
(1) (2) (3)
Dep Var: Foreign ownership
ln Profitability t-1 4.604** 3.994* 4.015*
(2.253) (2.312) (2.297)
ln Labour productivity t-1 -3.180 -0.944 -0.838
(7.433) (7.833) (8.413)
Interaction t-1
0.182
(3.539)
ln Employment t-1 2.658 2.637
(4.440) (4.429)
ln Assets t-1 -3.798 -3.792
(3.675) (3.673)
Observations 759 759 759
Clusters 268 268 268
R-squared 0.63 0.63 0.63
adj. R-squared 0.57 0.57 0.57
Year FEs Y Y Y
Country-year dummies Y Y Y
Industry trends Y Y Y
Firm FEs Y Y Y
Notes: A) Firm-level clustered standard errors in
parentheses. *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1. B) All
variables are normalised by industry means computed
yearly at NACE 4-digits level.
Page 178
178
Part III: The Impact of FDI on
Recipient Economies
Page 179
179
Chapter 5 – Inward FDI and Local
Innovative Performance. An empirical
investigation on Italian provinces
5.1 Introduction
In the current wave of globalisation of the world economy it is widely
acknowledged that foreign direct investment (FDI) plays a growing and
primary role (WTO, 1996; Dicken, 2007). UNCTAD (2012) shows that the
volume of FDI has dramatically risen in the last twenty years, with an
increase in world FDI inward stock of about 2 millions of dollars to more
than 20 millions.
Not surprisingly, policy makers in most countries place great
emphasis on the potential benefits that may stem from the attraction of
FDI. The view that attracting foreign subsidiaries of multinational
enterprises (MNEs) will yield great advantages to recipient economies is
grounded in the belief that some positive knowledge externalities arise
from foreign activities and spread to domestic firms. Beside of several
potential benefits, the increase of domestic productivity and the transfer
of more advanced technology are frequently considered as the main
rationale for integrating measures of attraction of FDI in local economic
development policies. In this respect, the idea that knowledge plays a
fundamental role in the process of growth is deeply rooted in economic
theory, which assigns a crucial role to innovation and its diffusion in the
economic performance of nations (Grossman and Helpman, 1991).
Nevertheless, it is not entirely clear whether FDI concretely benefits
recipient economies. Despite the large amount of studies in this field and
its relevance for public policies, evidence on FDI-induced knowledge
Page 180
180
externalities remains inconclusive and empirical exercises frequently
offer mixed suggestions (Smeets, 2008).
By employing Italian manufacturing data to answer the question
whether inward FDI benefit the innovative performance of recipient
economies, this paper will attempt to add some new evidence to the
literature on the impact of FDI. There are a number of elements that
make this empirical exercise different from the bulk of previous research.
Firstly, the impact of knowledge externalities associated to FDI is
investigated on direct measure of innovation, namely, patent data. To the
best of our knowledge, few papers adopt such an indicator (Cheung and
Lin, 2004) while the literature is dominated by studies based on broader
measures of economic performance such as total factor productivity (TFP)
of domestic firms, labour productivity or growth rate. Secondly, FDI are
also measured with a direct indicator. Indeed, while most studies use
several proxies for the presence of foreign firms into the host economy,
this paper employs the real inflow of foreign capital in Italy. This provides
a more detailed measure of the actual magnitude of the activities carried
out by foreign enterprises. Thirdly, FDI-induced knowledge externalities
are underexplored in the case of Italy, with few notable exceptions
represented by recent contributions (Castellani and Zanfei, 2003; 2007;
Benfratello and Sembenelli, 2006). The Italian case is instead very
interesting for the well-known geographical dualism of the Italian
economy. Finally, the occurrence of knowledge spillovers is investigated
along provincial lines (NUTS-3), that is, at a geographical scale that is
rarely adopted in the literature mainly due to lack of data. This allows
estimating a more precise effect by reducing the potential ecological
fallacy39 and also taking into appropriate consideration the existence of
39
In its simplest definition the ecological fallacy may be interpreted as error of deduction that involves
deriving conclusions about a certain observation solely on the basis of an analysis of broader group data. In
the case of this analysis the inference on the impact of FDI on local innovative performance may be
Page 181
181
spatial disparities in both inward FDI and innovation performance.
Results reveal that local production systems do benefit from knowledge
externalities generated by FDI in Italy. Our finding also passes a fair
number of checks suggesting that local innovative performance relies on
both internal and external sources of knowledge.
The paper is organized as follows: Section 2 reviews the existent
literature devoted to the economic rationale of the impact of FDI on
innovation. Section 3 describes data while Section 4 introduces the main
methodological challenges associated to the estimation of the causal
effect of FDI on innovation and presents in detail the identification
strategy adopted. Section 5 discusses the main findings while in Section
6 the robustness of results is checked. Finally, concluding remarks and
policy considerations are developed in Section 7.
5.2 Conceptual background and literature
review
Traditionally, the literature on FDI spillovers implicitly assumes that
MNEs have more advanced technology than most domestic firms. Hence,
the entry of foreign affiliates into an economy is believed to benefit local
firms by providing them with a number of advantages not available
domestically, ranging from new technologies to market opportunities.
The “superiority” of foreign firms has been firstly theorised within the
industrial organisation literature by Hymer (1976/1960)40. Domestic
firms have general advantages linked to better information about the
inaccurate if performed at a broader geographical level of analysis for two key reasons due to the extreme
heterogeneity in terms of structure, composition and absorptive capacities of different local areas
(Gagliardi, 2015). 40
Hymer’s seminal theory is contained in his 1960 doctoral dissertation which was published posthumously
in 1976.
Page 182
182
national market, the language and the legal and political system. Thus,
firms wishing to operate in foreign markets need to overcome domestic
competition by increasing their efficiency through the acquisition of firm-
specific advantages. These include the capacity to access factors of
production at lower cost, product differentiation and the availability of
more advanced knowledge. This initial conceptualisation is further
supported by Dunning (1980), who theorises the existence of ownership-
specific advantages possessed by some firms that decide to internalise
them and to locate in foreign markets as a way to maximize their
productive efficiency in a world of imperfect competition and uncertainty.
This literature suggests that FDI occurs when firms possess own assets
and find more profitable to internalise the use of such advantages rather
than selling or sub-contracting them to other firms. At the same time,
these firms decide to locate in foreign countries where specific location
factors allow for a better exploitation of their ownership advantages.
More recently, but in a similar vein, scholars suggest that MNEs are
more productive and innovative than domestically-oriented firms
(Criscuolo et al., 2010). Indeed, it is widely acknowledged that MNEs
tend to invest large amounts in R&D, generating a notable share of global
knowledge (Castellani and Zanfei, 2006; Dicken, 2007; McCann and Acs,
2009).
Given the alleged superiority of technology and assets of MNEs, it is
commonly believed that when a foreign subsidiary locates in a new
market some knowledge spills over to domestic firms. The idea that FDI
may benefit host economies through spillover effects is empirically
explored since the 1970s. Early works find a positive relationship
between the foreign presence in a host economy and the performance of
domestic firms (Caves, 1974, Globerman, 1979, Blomström and Persson,
1983).
Since the 1990s empirical works have increasingly refined along with
improvements in the quality of data. In general, recent works try to open
Page 183
183
what Görg and Strobl (2005) call “the black box” of spillover effects from
FDI. In other words, researchers have started to explore both
theoretically and empirically a number of specific mechanisms through
which the presence of foreign activities may benefit domestic firms
(Blömstrom and Kokko, 1998; Liu et al., 2000; Liu et al., 2001; Saggi,
2002; Harris, 2009). Research indicates that the nature of these
channels of knowledge transmission is essentially dual for interactions
between domestic and foreign firms occur at both intra- and inter-
industry level. Intra-industry (or horizontal) interactions between foreign
and domestic firms may lead to knowledge leakages through a variety of
mechanisms. Some scholars suggest that demonstration effects play a
great role in knowledge transmission whenever domestic firms are
exposed to the superior technology of MNEs subsidiaries (Castellani and
Zanfei, 2003; Görg and Greenaway, 2004; Crespo and Fontoura, 2007,
Smeets, 2008; Monastiriotis and Alegria, 2011). Part of the literature
argues that intra-industry spillovers may be denser in more competitive
markets. The competitive pressure caused by the entry of foreign firms
may act as an incentive for domestic firms to use available resources and
existing technology more efficiently (Blomström, 1989; Wang and
Blomström, 1992) as well as speeding up the process of adoption of new
technologies (Görg and Greenaway, 2004). Finally, intra-industry
spillovers have been analysed looking at labour mobility (Fosfuri, Motta
and Rønde, 2001) as well as pre-existing regional innovativeness (Huang
et al., 2012).
Inter-industry (or vertical) interactions between foreign and domestic
firms appear to be more witting than intra-industry dynamics. As a
matter of fact, when firms operate in different industrial segments that
are vertically connected with each other, they can intentionally establish
backward and forward linkages. From an empirical point of view a
number of evidences have been provided in support of the existence of
Page 184
184
valuable inter-industry spillovers working through backward and forward
linkages (Blalock, 2001, Ernst and Kim, 2002, Crespo and Fontoura,
2007, Javorcik, 2004, Javorcik and Spatareanu, 2008, 2009, Bitzer et
al., 2008, Blalock and Gertler, 2008, Markusen and Venables, 1999,
Castellani and Zanfei, 2006, Crespo and Fontoura, 2007).
Beside this large body of literature, it is worth mentioning that some
recent contributions highlight that the origin of foreign investment is a
relevant aspect for a full understanding of FDI-induced spillovers. In fact,
while it is customary to conceive MNEs as endowed with superior
knowledge as compared to domestic firms, this is something that is
intimately connected with the evidence associated to MNEs from
industrial countries. Nevertheless, in recent years, the growing
importance of emerging countries in the global arena (e.g. BRICS), is
accompanied by a spur in FDI originating from developing countries (Luo
and Tung, 2007). Specifically, MNEs from this group might not be
endowed with superior technological attributes and, instead, their
internationalisation strategies in foreign locations (i.e. industrial
countries) are likely to be oriented towards knowledge augmentation and
the acquisition of strategic resources (Chen and Chen, 1998; Mathews,
2002; Luo and Tung, 2007). In this respect, there is some evidence that
when domestic firms are acquired by MNEs from developing countries,
the former suffer large decreases in employment, sales and labour
productivity as compared to takeovers undertaken by MNEs from
industrial countries (Chen, 2011).
5.3 Data
Page 185
185
Data used for the analysis is collected from different and
complementary sources aggregated at provincial level41. Due to the
nature of the data and, particularly, to the characteristics of our
dependent variable (i.e. patent data) and main regressor of interest (i.e.
FDI inflows), the analysis will be restricted to the manufacturing sector.
All variables are taken in logarithms and averaged across the period
2001-200642.
Innovative performance - The dependent variable is defined as the
provincial share of patents on provincial GDP and it is provided by the
OECD REGPAT database containing detailed patent data at NUTS-3
level. Despite some well-known limitations associated with the non-
patentability of some inventions, the difficulties in accounting for the
differentiated degree of novelty of patented products (not all patented
products are equally ‘new’ and/or valuable) and their potential sectoral
bias, patent data remains a reliable measure of innovative output since it
provides comparable information on inventions across different regions
and a broad range of technological sectors (OECD, 2001; Sedgley and
Elmslie, 2004). Moreover, it is worth noting that we consider patents
filled by applicants rather than inventors since MNEs tends to apply for a 41
Note that we consider 103 provinces over the total number of 107 because of the lack of data on the 4
more recently-created Sardinian provinces of Olbia-Tempio, Medio Campidano, Ogliastra and Carbonia
Iglesias. Note also that provinces are administrative areas in Italy rather than functional units. Alternative
geographies include “Sistemi Locali del Lavoro” that are functional labour markets areas defined based
commuting flows. However data for these units are more limited and available for much shorter time series.
In addition to that it is worth noting that the majority of existing studies in Italy adopts either NUTS2 or
NUTS3 areas as spatial unit of analysis. This facilitates the comparability of results. 42
Patent data at the NUTS3 level are in principle available for a longer time series; however data on control
variables at the provincial level prior to 2001 are unavailable. Even though still relatively limited, the
coverage of a six year period is a significant improvement on the existent quantitative literature on the
determinants of innovation in the Italian provinces. All existing studies cover a similar or shorter time span.
For example Cainelli et al. (2005) looking at the role of social and institutional factors on the innovative
performance of Industrial districts in Emilia Romagna cover the 2002-2007 period; in a similar vein
Laursen and Masciarelli (2007), whose analysis is focused on larger geographical units (NUTS-2 Regions),
still cover a shorter time interval (2001-2003). More specifically related to the impact of FDI on
productivity in the Italian case, Castellani and Zanfei (2003) use firm level data for the period 1993-1997
while Castellani and Zanfei (2007) uses a time span 1992-1997.
Page 186
186
patent from their headquarters, even when a patent is invented in a
different region (Verspagen and Schoenmakers, 2000). This measure, in
line with the existing literature, is likely to limit any concern related with
the noise associated to patent applications filled by inventors who are
resident in the recipient province and employed in foreign subsidiaries.
In other words, our measure of innovation does not include the patenting
activity of MNEs, which would bias our estimation of knowledge
externalities.
FDI Inflows - Data on inward FDI comes from the Balance of
Payments of the Bank of Italy. The database provides detailed data on
financial flows by province and sector. This represents a key advantage
over the existing literature using indirect proxies for the presence of
MNEs (e.g. share of foreign employment, share of foreign enterprises)
instead of direct measures of flow. Figure 5.1 shows the FDI trend for the
period 2001-2006. The upper left graph plots the national share of FDI
inflows showing an increasing amount of foreign capital into the Italian
economy over the whole period. However, when trends by macroregion
are taken into account it is evident that the national aggregate is driven
by Northern regions while the contribution of the South remains
negligible. This preliminary evidence suggests the existence of a relevant
and significant self-selection of FDI into more productive areas making
more urgent the need of addressing reverse causality.
[Figure 5.1 here]
Innovative Inputs - Controls for the amount of private investments in
R&D and the share of graduates in science and technology on total
population are provided by ISTAT and are available at regional level
(NUTS-2).
Page 187
187
Additional Regressors - Further controls include the share of
employment in manufacturing in each province as proxy for
specialization, the share of long term unemployment as proxy for the
characteristics of the local labour market and population density as
proxy for agglomeration economies. All these additional regressors are
provided by ISTAT at NUTS-3 level. Furthermore, a full set of macro-
regional dummies defined at NUTS-1 level is included to control for
unobserved regional characteristics.
The detailed description of variables used in the analysis is reported
in Table 5.1.
[Table 5.1 here]
5.4 Methodology
The estimation of the relationship between FDI and innovation
implies a number of methodological issues. First of all, it has to be
considered that the impact of FDI on local innovation is unlikely to be
recoverable on a yearly basis. The existence of a certain time lag between
the localization of a new business activity and the emergence of a related
innovative outcome is perfectly reasonable, both if the impact of FDI
passes through the innovative activities performed by the new firm and if
this impact is instead mediated by an externality mechanism. This
concern is exacerbated by the nature of our innovation variable. Despite
adopting patent applications43 as key measure for innovative activities,
the granting procedure may require a certain amount of time before
being formalized.
Moreover, the possibility to exploit the panel dimension is prevented
by an additional consideration. Unfortunately, some of our relevant
controls, in particular the amount of investments in R&D and the share
43
Defined as the OECD as the closest data to the inventive process
Page 188
188
of graduates, are only available at regional level (NUTS-2). This implies
that a certain degree of measurement error is likely to affect our
estimation and to lower the credibility of our results. Finally, due to the
limited time dimension of the panel, ranging from 2001 to 2006, the
within variation in our sample may be insufficient to identify the effect of
our regressor of interest (Baltagi, 2005).
Finally, it is also worth emphasizing that externalities are particularly
difficult to identify since externalities, by their very nature, “leave no
obvious paper trail by which they can be tracked or measured”
(Duranton, 2006, p.26). Nonetheless spatially aggregated measures of
FDI should provide a better proxy of the total effect over and above its
direct component (see Moretti, 2004) that in the case of this paper may
be associated to the innovative contribution of the individual foreign
subsidiary.
Taking into account all these aspects, the analysis of the impact of
FDI on local innovation is developed by adopting a between-groups
approach based on ordinary least squares (OLS). This implies using time
averages of data for the time interval 2001-2006 (group means)44.
The estimated equation is defined as a place based Knowledge
Production Function (KPF) at provincial level (Crescenzi et al., 2013),
where inward FDI is included as an additional regressor and externalities
associated to FDI are modelled according to a spatial correlation
approach.
The equation of interest will therefore take the following form:
𝐼𝑛𝑛𝑜𝑣𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒𝑖𝑡 = 𝛽0 + 𝛽1𝐾𝑖𝑡 + 𝛽2𝐿𝑖𝑡 + 𝛽3𝐹𝐷𝐼 𝐼𝑛𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑠𝑖𝑡 + 𝛽𝑋𝑖𝑡 + 휀𝑖𝑡 (1)
44
As acknowledged by the existing literature the between-groups estimator is more suitable to address
issues related to measurement error as compared to standard panel techniques such as random or fixed
effects estimators.
Page 189
189
where 𝐼𝑛𝑛𝑜𝑣𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒𝑖𝑡 is the share of patents by applicant over
provincial GDP in province i at time t, 𝐾𝑖𝑡is the share of private
investments in R&D, 𝐿𝑖𝑡 is the share of graduates in science and
technology, 𝐹𝐷𝐼𝑖𝑡 is our regressor of interest, namely FDI inflow as share
of provincial GDP, 𝑋 is a vector of provincial controls including the share
of employment in manufacturing as proxy for specialization, long term
unemployment share, population density and a full set of macro-regional
dummies.
Another traditional methodological issue that has been highlighted in
the existing literature is the potential reverse causality between FDI and
innovation. Our key hypothesis is that FDI affect local innovative
performance contributing to enrich the local knowledge-base and
generating positive spillovers through virtuous cycles of cooperation and
competition. However, the sign of the relation may indeed be reverse: FDI
may be more attracted by areas showing successful innovative
performance since, as profit-maximizing agents, firms may have an
economic incentive to locate in successful areas and to exploit the
advantages associated with local favourable conditions. This is a
particularly relevant concern in the case of MNEs aiming to tap into local
capabilities and to benefit from local competitive advantages, which
would imply the risk of overestimating the impact of FDI. On the other
side, the effectiveness of new financial investments as carriers of novel
information and best practices may be negatively affected by a local
environment that is not able to absorb and transform these inputs into
innovation. This further entails that in the case of deprived areas or
locations characterized by relevant deficits in terms of local absorptive
capacities we may underestimate the impact of FDI. As emphasized by
Page 190
190
previous research in a multilevel analysis the sign of the potential bias is
not straightforward (Haskel et al., 2007).
Most recent papers attempt to disentangle the true effect of FDI either
exploiting GMM techniques (Benfratello and Sembenelli, 2006; Driffield,
2006; Crespo et al., 2009) or through an IV approach (Haskel et al.,
2007; Crescenzi et al., 2013).
To recover predictions about the genuine causality between FDI and
local innovative performance we adopt an instrumental variable (IV)
approach based on the “shift-share” methodology associated with Bartik
(1991) and recently popularized by a number of contributions in different
fields (Card, 2007; Moretti, 2010; Overman and Faggio, 2012). To the
best of our knowledge, this methodology has not been adopted so far in
the literature on the impact of FDI, mainly due to the nature of proxies
employed to measure FDI used in the great majority of past studies. This
instrument uses initial shares of employment by division45 in each
province and the average amount of FDI inflows at national level between
2001 and 2006 by division to instrument the amount of FDI that each
province receives during the same time interval. The rationale behind
this instrumental variable builds on the idea that in the absence of area
specific shocks, each province would benefit from a share of national FDI
inflows proportional to its initial share of employment by division taken
as a measure of specialization and calculated in 1991. This further
implies assuming that the location decision of MNEs looks at the
characteristics of the local production system and tends to be skewed
toward areas characterized by a greater potential in terms of backward
and forward linkages, complementarities in production, availability of
trained labour force and local know how (Saliola and Zanfei, 2005). The
45
This is defined in terms of 2-digits NACE classification and data refers to the 1991 Census. Note that the
2-digit dimension has been preferred to more detailed classification in order to account for both broader
sectoral spillovers.
Page 191
191
instrument is then expected to be significantly and positively correlated
with our regressor of interest due to the traditional stability in the
sectoral specialization of Italian provinces.
More specifically it will takes the following form:
𝐼𝑉_𝐹𝐷𝐼𝑖 = ∑ 𝐸𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑜𝑦𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑠ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑖,1991𝑗
𝑗 × (1 + 𝐹𝐷𝐼𝐼𝑛𝑓𝑙𝑜𝑤𝑠2001−2006𝑗
) (2)
where 𝐹𝐷𝐼2001−2006𝑗
represents the share of FDI inflows in the 2-digits
sector j at national level within the period 2001-2006 and
𝐸𝑚𝑝𝑙𝑜𝑦𝑚𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑠ℎ𝑎𝑟𝑒𝑖,1991𝑗
is the share of employment in sector j and province
i in 1991. This implies that the flows of FDI at national level by sector are
attributed to each province based on the initial degree of sectoral
specialization.
5.5 Results and discussion
The main results for our specification of interest are reported in Table
5.2.
[Table 5.2 here]
Column 1 presents our baseline specification where the innovative
performance of Italian provinces is regressed on the amount of inputs
devoted to the innovation process, namely investment in R&D and share
of graduates in science and technology. As expected, both innovation
inputs are positively and significantly related to the generation of new
knowledge.
Column 3 includes explicitly the regressor of interest, namely the
amount of FDI as share of provincial GDP, supporting the existence of a
positive and significant correlation at 1% level with the innovative
Page 192
192
performance of Italian provinces. Further controls are progressively
added in the following columns in order to test for the robustness of our
correlation against the inclusion of potentially relevant variables.
Regressors for population density as proxy of agglomeration, value added
in manufacturing as measure of specialization and long term
unemployment to control for local labour market characteristics are
explicitly included in columns 3, 4 and 5 respectively. Column 5 also
adds a full set of macro-regional dummies to rule out the risk of
unobserved regional characteristics operating at broader geographical
scale. This is a particularly relevant issue in the case of Italy given the
traditional north-south divide within the country.
All the regressors show the expected sign with population density
significantly and positively correlated to local innovative performance and
long term unemployment significantly and negatively associated to
innovation. Interestingly, our control for specialization in manufacturing,
despite entering our regression as significant and positively related to
innovation (Tab.2, Col. 4), becomes gradually less significant once
further controls are included, corroborating our feeling with respect to
the role played by the traditional north-south Italian dichotomy. Finally,
it is worth noting that the inclusion of additional controls lower the
significance of investments in R&D, further supporting the key role of
external capital (complementing the limited financial capacity of the
Italian production system based mainly on small and medium
enterprises) and the availability of an “enabling environment for
innovativeness” (Glaeser et al., 2010) in fostering local innovative
performance.
The regressor of interest, the share of inward FDI, despite the slightly
decreasing magnitude in the coefficient, remains significant at 1% level
and positively correlated to innovation in all specifications.
Page 193
193
In spite of the evidence in favour of the existence of a robust
correlation between FDI and local innovative performance in the case of
Italian provinces, it has to be acknowledged that our specification,
focusing only on the inflow of FDI, may underestimate the potential
negative effect of foreign disinvestment. The relevance of the latter as key
control for the investigation of the impact of FDI inflows in specific
geographical contexts has been rarely investigated within the existing
literature mainly due to lack of data. Nonetheless, foreign disinvestment
may weaken the local production system and reduce the intensity of
localized knowledge externalities. This is a particularly relevant concern
in the case of Italy where public incentives for the attraction of FDI,
especially in southern regions, have been extensively adopted without
taking properly into account their long run sustainability. In order to
control for this potential negative impact, column 6 includes an
additional regressor for foreign disinvestment. As expected, it enters the
estimation with a negative and significant sign, also contributing to
increase the magnitude of our regressor of interest. This suggests that
disinvestment may have a second order effect in determining the
innovative performance of local areas. This evidence is reasonable in light
of our dependent variable measuring innovation rather than productivity
or growth. The valuable knowledge externalities arising from FDI are
likely to be more relevant in the case of new investment bringing into the
local economy novel distinctive technological capabilities. On the other
side, disinvestment is plausibly affecting more consistently the strengths
of the local production system and weakening the intensity of localized
agglomeration economies. This, in turn, reduces the capability to exploit
the benefits associated to novel information.
In order to try to address the potential bias related to additional
omitted variables and reverse causality we adopt the instrumental
variable approach previously discussed. Results reported in Column 7
(Table 5.2) confirm the positive and highly significant correlation (1%
Page 194
194
level) of inward FDI with our dependent variable. Despite being not
evident in terms of changes in the significance level of our regressor of
interest, the Hausman test confirms the existence of a substantial bias in
our OLS estimates that justifies the change in the magnitude of our
coefficient. A change of 1% in the share of FDI on provincial GDP
generates a 29% increase in the share of patents application per million
of inhabitants. In the interpretation of this value it should be borne in
mind both the scale of our dependent and independent variables46 and
the nature of our measure of innovation, namely patent applications,
that are likely to be more representative of the innovative performance of
large enterprises rather than small and medium firm. Although few
papers investigate the impact of FDI in the Italian case, the evidence in
favour of a positive effect of FDI correlates with some recent evidences
(Castellani and Zanfei, 2003, 2007). Despite that, any comparison on the
magnitude of the effect remains controversial due to a substantial
difference in the actual variables employed. Most of the existing studies
adopting proxy measures for both FDI and local innovative performance
tend to overlook any further discussion about the actual size of the
economic effect.
The first-stage estimate reported in Table 5.3 confirms the reliability
of our instrument, which is significantly correlated with the
instrumented variable. In addition to that and in compliance with the
econometric literature on weak instruments (Staiger and Stock, 1997;
Stock and Yogo, 2005), the F-statistic for the first-stage is reported in
Table 5.4 showing a value that is generally above both the value of 10
46
Note that in respect to the existing literature our FDI variable reflects the real amount of capital inflows.
An average increase of 1% in the share of FDI over GDP is quantifiable in more than 1 million of Euros
while an increase of 29% in the share of patents over GDP is about 7.46 patents.
Page 195
195
reported by Staiger and Stock (1997) and the thresholds values defined
by Stock and Yogo (2005).
[Tables 5.3 and 5.4 here]
5.6 Robustness Checks
We start checking the robustness of our results by looking at the
goodness of the instrumental variable approach. Table 5.5 reports our
2SLS estimation progressively eliminating all the controls. The sign and
significance level of our regressor of interest remains unchanged
confirming that its effect on the innovative performance of Italian
provinces is not driven by model specification. This test may also be
taken as indirect evidence supporting the validity of the exclusion
restrictions.
[Insert Table 5.5 here]
Finally, in order to provide further support to the instrumental
variable approach, the reduced form equation is estimated by means of
OLS regression of our dependent variable on the instrument and
exogenous controls (Table 6). As shown by Angrist and Krueger (2001),
although being poorly informative with respect to the real magnitude of
the coefficient, the reduced form can be used as additional test to
determine the sign of the coefficient of interest. The estimation of the
reduced form equation confirms that FDI is a positive and relevant
determinant of innovation in Italian provinces.
[Insert Table 5.6 here]
Page 196
196
The estimation performed in this paper demonstrates to be robust to
the inclusion of additional significant regressors and to the correction of
the potential bias associated with the endogeneity of the regressor of
interest. The instrumental variable approach discussed has showed to be
strongly correlated to the instrumented variable and not affected by
issues related to the specification of the model. Nevertheless, there is still
the possibility that our instrument is correlated with other variables not
explicitly taken into account in our regression. According to the existing
literature on the impact of FDI, it is reasonable to assume that our
instrument for FDI is correlated with a negative competition effect
provoking the exit of local firms from the market. Despite being
acknowledged by many existing studies, this issue is rarely explicitly
addressed in the literature mainly due to lack of data. Nonetheless, a
negative competition effect due to the entry of MNEs with superior
technological, managerial and organizational skills (Cantwell and
Iammarino, 2003) crowding out local firms may impact the structure of
the local production system weakening local innovative potentials. To
control for this specific aspect, our instrument has been regressed over
the provincial share of domestic companies in liquidation. Results
reported in Table 5.7 rule out any doubts regarding a potential
systematic correlation with our instrument.
[Table 5.7 here]
Finally, we perform a further check for the robustness of our results
by considering a dependent variable that is more commonly employed in
the existing literature, namely, labour productivity47. Results shown in
Table 5.8 confirm that the key intuition does not change when a more
47
This is measured as the value added in manufacturing per unit of labour. Data are available at the
provincial level for 2001-2006 and comes from ISTAT. While labour productivity is widely used in the
literature, TFP has to be conceptually preferred. However, data on TFP is not available at NUTS-3 level.
Page 197
197
traditional analytical framework looking at the spillover effects of FDI on
a measure of productivity is taken into consideration. FDI still exhibits a
significant and positive sign both in the OLS and IV specification.
Therefore, this result suggests that the evidence in favour of FDI-induced
externalities persists also within an empirical setting that is more
coherent with previous studies.
[Table 5.8 here]
The estimation of the impact of FDI on local innovative performance
seems to be robust to a number of checks, encompassing the inclusion of
additional controls and the implementation of the 2SLS estimation to
address the endogeneity of the regressor of interest. FDI proved to be a
significant determinant of local innovative performance by enriching the
knowledge base of Italian provinces and generating valuable positive
knowledge externalities.
5.7 Conclusion
In the last few decades the attraction of FDI has been placed at the
core of the policy agenda in both developed and developing countries.
This centrality in the political debate is supported by the belief that the
attraction of external resources could benefit recipient economies thanks
to knowledge externalities arising from the localization of affiliates of
MNEs endowed with superior technological, managerial and
organizational skills.
However, existing academic literature suggests that local economic
conditions are a crucial pre-requisite for valuable knowledge externalities
to be successfully captured by local production systems and transformed
in innovation.
Page 198
198
So far there is weak consensus on whether knowledge externalities
associated to FDI benefit systematically the economic and innovative
performance of host locations. Such an inconclusiveness of the existing
empirical literature is due to a number of flaws.
A first point concerns measurement issues associated to the adoption
of proxies for both FDI and innovative performance. Traditionally, FDI is
indirectly measured by indicators of foreign presence such as the share
of employment in foreign firms or the number of foreign firms. These
variables do not account for the actual size of foreign capital mixing up
relevant financial investment with minor flows. A second concern regards
the endogeneity related to the estimation of the causal impact of FDI.
While early literature generally focuses on the correlation between FDI
and outcome variables, more recently scholars have paid deeper
attention to these sources of biasedness. However, there are still few
attempts to track consistently this issue and more work is needed in this
direction.
This paper aims at contributing to the existing debate with new
evidence and attempts to address both the above mentioned problems.
Firstly, we adopt a direct measure of FDI consisting of the real amount of
capital flow in Italian provinces. Secondly, we try to tackle endogeneity
concerns through IV methodologies. In our empirical exercise, we find
that FDI contributes significantly to the patenting activities of Italian
provinces over the period 2001-2006. This finding correlates with similar
evidence provided by some previous empirical studies.
Beside of this, it is worth noting that our investigation focuses on the
gross impact of FDI without disentangling the channels through which
knowledge externalities affect local economies. It remains in our future
research agenda the development of a more detailed investigation of the
mechanisms through which knowledge spills over space. This further
direction for research will be possible along with improvements in the
quality of data. An additional limitation of this final chapter also
Page 199
199
concerns the cross-sectional nature of our data for estimation purposes:
not including province-level fixed effects, in fact, might introduce an
estimation bias even in the IV equation, given that unobserved drivers of
innovation could be correlated with FDI. Although this represents a
potential issue, we are confident that the impact of this unobserved
source of heterogeneity is very limited when the exogenous instrument is
adopted. Therefore, this represents another area for improvement in our
future research agenda.
In terms of policy considerations, results suggest that FDI can play
an important role in fostering local innovative outcomes. Therefore, local
economies should consider external sources of knowledge as a
complement to internal generation (Bathelt et al., 2004). This is even
more relevant considering that a core local input of innovation such as
private R&D seems to be less important than expected in our empirical
exercise probably due to the structure of the Italian production system
based on a great share of small and medium enterprises with a
reasonably limited financial capacity. Our results are also important in
light of the well-known historically poor amount of FDI that Italy receives
annually as compared to other large European countries, such as UK,
Germany and France. Italy has never adopted any structured policy
oriented to the attraction of FDI. The empirical evidence provided
suggests that creating an actual policy of FDI attraction that stimulates
foreign investors might be a valuable policy option. Clearly, while our
results suggest that FDI can be beneficial per se, we are obviously
cautious in arguing that Italian provinces should attract FDI
irrespectively of local strength and weaknesses in terms of specialization
of labour force and specialization and competencies of local firms.
Indeed, the specific profile of local economies have been shown to play a
strong role in shaping the effectiveness of knowledge externalities arising
from FDI as demonstrated by the relevance of additional localized drivers
Page 200
200
of knowledge generation such as human capital and agglomeration
economies.
Page 201
201
Figure 5.1: Share of Inward FDI per Macro-Region
Source: Authors’ elaborations on Bank of Italy data.
0.5
11.5
FD
I share
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006Year
Inward FDI - National
0.5
11.5
FD
I share
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006Year
Inward FDI - North0
.51
1.5
FD
I share
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006Year
Inward FDI - Centre
0.5
11.5
FD
I share
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006Year
Inward FDI - South & Islands
Page 202
202
Table 5.1: Variables List
Variable Definition Source Geography Time
Patents Applications to EPO
(by applicants) OECD Provincial
2001-
2006
Private R&D Share of expenditure for private R&D on
GDP
ISTAT Regional 2001-2006
Graduates Share of graduates in
science and technology on population
ISTAT Regional 2001-2006
FDI Millions in national currency
Bank of Italy Provincial 2001-2006
Population Density
Population on
provincial surface ISTAT Provincial
2001-
2006
Employment in Manufacturing
Share of employment in manufacturing on
total employment
OECD Provincial 2001-
2006
Long Term Unemployment
Share of long term unemployed on
population
ISTAT Regional 2001-2006
Foreign Disinvestment
Millions in national currency
Bank of Italy Provincial 2001-2006
Firms in Liquidation
Share of firms in liquidation on total number of firms
Unioncamere Provincial 2001-
2006
Labour Productivity
Value added in manufacturing per
unit of labour
ISTAT Provincial 2001-2006
Notes: a) Patents, FDI and Foreign Disinvestment variables are weighted by provincial GDP, measured in millions of national currency (source: OECD); b) all variables are averaged over the period 2001-2006 and enter regressions in log form.
Page 203
203
Table 5.2: Inward FDI and Local Innovative Performance
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
Dep.Var. Patents OLS OLS OLS OLS OLS OLS 2SLS
Private R&D 0.476*** 0.335** 0.340** 0.188 0.0544 0.0211 -0.0148
(0.154) (0.167) (0.159) (0.161) (0.136) (0.148) (0.172)
Graduates 0.633** 0.707** 0.674** 0.669** 0.427*** 0.468*** 0.719**
(0.309) (0.300) (0.294) (0.301) (0.154) (0.166) (0.297)
FDI
0.137*** 0.134*** 0.0993*** 0.0675*** 0.0782*** 0.296***
(0.0373) (0.0354) (0.0319) (0.0251) (0.0241) (0.0541)
Population Density
0.311* 0.327* 0.420*** 0.449*** 0.383**
(0.182) (0.177) (0.156) (0.155) (0.173)
Employment in
Manufacturing
1.170*** 0.511* 0.505* 0.0385
(0.268) (0.263) (0.259) (0.308)
Long Term Unemployment
-0.578*** -0.486*** -0.397***
(0.0805) (0.142) (0.153)
Foreign Disinvestment
-0.0467** -0.0728**
(0.0185) (0.0321)
Constant -7.592*** -6.956*** -8.561*** -7.560*** -8.125*** -8.646*** -8.341***
(0.806) (0.800) (1.377) (1.420) (1.183) (1.189) (1.452)
Macro-Regional dummies NO NO NO NO NO YES YES
Observations 103 103 103 103 103 103 103
R-squared 0.380 0.489 0.510 0.579 0.684 0.707 0.479
Robust standard errors in parentheses
*** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1
Page 204
204
Table 5.3: First Stage Regression
(1)
Dep.Var.: FDI Inflows OLS
Private R&D 0.0847
(0.4254)
Graduates -1.1870
(0.8479)
Population Density 0.0277
(0.4472)
Employment in
Manufacturing 1.9674**
(0.9414)
Long Term Unemployment -0.4595
(0.4398)
Foreign Disinvestment 0.0798
(0.1024)
IV FDI 4.9374***
(1.2091)
Constant -1.1380
(3.5854)
Macro-Regional Dummies YES
Observations 103
R-squared 0.314
Robust standard errors in parentheses
*** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1
Table 5.4: First Stage Statistics
Variable F(1, 93) P-Value
IV FDI 16.67 0.000
Page 205
205
Table 5.5: Model Specification
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Dep.Var.: Patents 2SLS 2SLS 2SLS 2SLS 2SLS 2SLS
FDI 0.296*** 0.300*** 0.233*** 0.260*** 0.275*** 0.305***
(0.0541) (0.0583) (0.0423) (0.0379) (0.0459) (0.0424)
Private R&D -0.0148 -0.00440 0.00445 0.103 0.195 0.162
(0.172) (0.149) (0.152) (0.175) (0.177) (0.192)
Graduates 0.719** 0.686*** 0.571** 0.754** 0.754** 0.799**
(0.297) (0.259) (0.231) (0.324) (0.318) (0.340)
Population Density 0.383** 0.382** 0.362** 0.291 0.283
(0.173) (0.172) (0.171) (0.180) (0.186)
Employment in Manufacturing 0.0385 0.0209 0.186 0.669***
(0.308) (0.315) (0.276) (0.256)
Long Term Unemployment -0.397*** -0.389*** -0.432***
(0.153) (0.111) (0.112)
Foreign Disinvestment -0.0728** -0.0731**
(0.0321) (0.0324)
Constant -8.341*** -8.269*** -7.591*** -7.162*** -7.762*** -6.172***
(1.452) (1.480) (1.372) (1.513) (1.467) (0.871)
Macro-Regional dummies YES NO NO NO NO NO
Observations 103 103 103 103 103 103
R-squared 0.479 0.468 0.546 0.443 0.395 0.324
Robust standard errors in parentheses
*** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1
Page 206
206
Table 5.6: Reduced Form Equation
(1)
Dep.Var.: Patents OLS
IV FDI 1.461***
(0.384)
Private R&D 0.0103
(0.143)
Graduates 0.368**
(0.145)
Population Density 0.391**
(0.160)
Employment in Manufacturing 0.621**
(0.254)
Long Term Unemployment -0.533***
(0.142)
Foreign Disinvestment -0.0492**
(0.0188)
Constant -8.677***
(1.169)
Macro-Regional dummies YES
Observations 103
R-squared 0.715
Robust standard errors in parentheses
*** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1
Table 5.7: Market Exit
(1)
Dep.Var.: IV FDI OLS
Firms in Liquidation 0.157
(0.0987)
Constant 0.654*
(0.355)
Observations 103
R-squared 0.115
Robust standard errors in parentheses *** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1
Page 207
207
Table 5.8: Inward FDI and Labour Productivity
(1) (2) Dep.Var: Labour
Productivity OLS 2SLS
Private R&D 0.0046 0.0031
(0.0198) (0.0201)
Graduates 0.0355 0.0458
(0.0348) (0.0396)
FDI 0.0145*** 0.0235**
(0.0053) (0.0103)
Constant 10.78*** 10.79***
(0.177) (0.174)
Controls YES YES
Macro-Regional dummies YES YES
Observations 103 103
R-squared 0.407 0.385
Robust standard errors in parentheses
*** p<0.01, ** p<0.05, * p<0.1
Page 208
208
Bibliography
Acemoglu D. and Johnson S., 2005. Unbundling institutions. Journal of
Political Economy 113, 949-995.
Acemoglu D., Johnson S. and Robinson J. A., 2001. The colonial origins of
comparative development: An empirical investigation. American Economic
Review 91, 1369-1401.
Acemoglu D., Johnson S. and Robinson J. A., 2005. Institutions as a
fundamental cause of long-run growth. In Aghion P. and Durlauf S. N.
(eds.), Handbook of Economic Growth, Volume 1A. Elsevier.
Alcácer J. 2006. Location choices across the value chain: how activity and
capability influence colocation. Management Science 52(10), 1457–1471.
Almeida P., 1996. Knowledge sourcing by foreign multinationals: Patent
citation analysis in the US semiconductor industry. Strategic
Management Journal 17, 155-165.
Alsan M., Bloom D. E. and Canning D., 2006. The effect of population health
on foreign direct investment inflows to low- and middle-income countries.
World Development 34, 613-630.
Altomonte C., 2000. Economic determinants and institutional framework:
FDI in economies in transition. Transnational Corporations 9, 75-106.
Amighini A. and Rabellotti R., 2006. How do Italian footwear industrial
districts face globalization? European Planning Studies 14, 485-502.
Andrade G., Mitchell M. and Stafford E., 2001. New evidence and
perspectives on mergers. Journal of Economic Perspectives 15, 103-120.
Page 209
209
Angrist J.D. and Krueger A. B., 2001. Instrumental variables and the search
for identification: From supply and demand to natural experiment.
Journal of Economic Perspectives 15(4): 69-85.
Antrás P., 2003. Firms, contracts and trade structure. Quarterly Journal of
Economics 118, 1375-1418.
Antrás P. and Helpman E., 2004. Global sourcing. Journal of Political
Economy 112, 552-580.
Antrás P. and Helpman E., 2008. Contractual frictions and global sourcing.
In Helpman E., Marin D. and Verdier T. (eds), The Organization of Firms
in a Global Economy, Harvard University Press.
Arnold J. M. and Javorcik B. S., 2009. Gifted kids or pushy parents? Foreign
direct investment and plant productivity in Indonesia. Journal of
International Economics 79, 42-53.
Asiedu E., 2002. On the determinants of foreign direct investment to
developing countries: Is Africa different? World Development 30, 107-119.
Asiedu E., 2006. Foreign direct investment in Africa: The role of natural
resources, market size, government policy, institutions and political
instability. The World Economy 29, 63-77.
Baltagi B.H., 2005. Econometric Analysis of Panel Data, John Wiley and
Sons.
Bank of Italy, 2000. Le economie del Mediterraneo. Banca d’Italia, Rome
Balsvik R. and Haller S., 2010. Picking “lemons” or picking “cherries”?
Domestic and foreign acquisitions in Norwegian manufacturing. The
Scandinavian Journal of Economics 112, 361-387.
Barrel R. and Pain N., 1999. The growth of foreign direct investment in
Europe. In Barrell R. and Pain N. (eds), Innovation, Investment and the
Diffusion of Technology in Europe. Cambridge University Press, UK.
Page 210
210
Bartik T.J., 1991. Who Benefits from State and Local Economic Development
Policies? Kalamazoo: Upjohn Institute Press.
Basile R., Castellani D. and Zanfei A., 2008. Location choices of
multinational firms in Europe: The role of EU cohesion policy. Journal of
International Economics 74, 328-340.
Bathelt H., Malmberg A. and Maskell P., 2004. Clusters and knowledge:
Local buzz, global pipelines and the process of knowledge creation.
Progress in Human Geography 28, 31-56.
Bellak C. and Leibrecht M., 2009. Do low corporate income tax rates attract
FDI? – Evidence from Central- and East European countries. Applied
Economics 41, 2691-2703.
Bellak C., Leibrecht M. and Riedl A., 2008. Labour cost and FDI flows into
Central and Eastern European Countries: A survey of the literature and
empirical evidence. Structural change and Economic Dynamics 19, 17-37.
Bénassy Quéré A., Coupet M. and Mayer T., 2007. Institutional
determinants of foreign direct investment. The World Economy 30, 764-
782.
Benfratello L. and Sembenelli A., 2006. Foreign ownership and productivity:
Is the direction of causality so obvious? International Journal of Industrial
Organization 24, 733-751.
Besley T., 1995. Property rights and investment incentives: Theory and
evidence from Ghana. Journal of Political Economy 103, 903-937.
Beugelsdijk, S., and Mudambi, R., 2013. MNEs as border-crossing multi-
location enterprises: The role of discontinuities in geographic space.
Journal of International Business Studies, 44, 413-426.
Bevan A. and Estrin S., 2004. The determinants of foreign direct investment
into European transition economies. Journal of Comparative Economics
32,775-787.
Page 211
211
Bevan A., Estrin S. and Meyer K., 2004. Foreign investment location and
institutional development in transition economies. International Business
Review 13, 43-64.
Billington N., 1999. The location of foreign direct investment: An empirical
analysis. Applied Economics 31, 65-76.
Bitzer J., Geishecker I. and Görg H., 2008. Productivity spillover through
vertical linkages: Evidence from 17 OECD countries. Economics Letters
99, 328-331.
Bjorvatn K., 2004. Economic integration and the profitability of cross-border
mergers and acquisitions. European Economic Review 48, 1211-1226.
Blalock G., 2001. Technology from foreign direct investment: Strategic
transfer through supply chains. Paper presented at the Empirical
Investigations in International Trade Conference at Purdue University,
November 9–11, 2001 (part of doctoral research at Haas School of
Business, University of California, Berkeley).
Blalock G. and Gertler P.J., 2008. Welfare gains from foreign direct
investment through technology transfer to local suppliers. Journal of
International Economics 74, 402-421.
Blomström M., 1989. Foreign Investment and Spillovers. Routledge, London
and New York.
Blomström M. and Kokko A., 1998. Multinational corporations and
spillovers. Journal of Economic Surveys 12 (2), 247-277.
Blomström M. and Persson H., 1983. Foreign investment and spillover
efficiency in an underdeveloped economy: Evidence from the Mexican
manufacturing industry. World Development 11 (6), 493-501.
Blonigen B., Fontagné L., Sly N. and Toubal F., 2014. Cherries for sale: The
incidence and timing of cross-border M&A. Journal of International
Economics 94, 341-357.
Page 212
212
Boeri T. and Brücker H., 1999. Eastern Enlargement and EU-Labour
Markets: Perceptions, Challenges and Opportunities. IZA Discussion
Paper No. 256.
Boschma R. and Capone G., 2013. Relatedness and diversification in EU
and ENP countries. SEARCH Working Paper WP2.4.
Boschma R.A. and Wenting R., 2007. The spatial evolution of the British
automobile industry: Does location matter? Industrial and Corporate
Change 16 (2), 213-238.
Brakman S., Garretsen H., van Marrewijk C. and van Witteloostuijn A. 2013.
Cross border mergers and acquisition activity and revealed comparative
advantage in manufacturing industries. Journal of Economics &
Management Strategy 22, 28-57.
Breinlich H., 2008. Trade liberalization and industrial restructuring though
mergers. Journal of International Economics 76, 254-266.
Brenton P., Di Mauro F. and Lücke M., 1999. Economic Integration and FDI:
An Empirical Analysis of Foreign Investment in the EU and in Central
and Eastern Europe. Empirica 26, 95-121.
Buckley P. J. and Casson M. C., 1976. The Future of Multinational
Enterprise. London: Macmillan.
Cainelli G., Mancinelli S. and Mazzanti M., 2005. Social capital, R&D and
industrial District. Feem Working papers n. 744584.
Campa J. and Kedia S., 2002. Explaining the diversification discount.
Journal of Finance 57, 1731-1762.
Campos N. and Kinoshita Y., 2003. Why does FDI go where it goes? New
evidence from the transition economies. IMF working Paper.
Cantwell J., 1989. Technological innovation and Multinational Corporations.
Basil Blackwell: Oxford, UK.
Page 213
213
Cantwell J., 2009. Location and the multinational enterprise. Journal of
International Business Studies 40, 35-41.
Cantwell J. and Iammarino S., 2003. Multinational Corporations and
European Regional System of Innovation. London and New York:
Routledge.
Cantwell J. and Piscitello L., 2005. Recent location of foreign-owned
research and development activities by large multinational corporations
in the European regions: The role of spillovers and externalities. Regional
Studies 39, 1-16.
Cantwell, J. and Santangelo, G.D.,1999. The frontier of international
technology networks: sourcing abroad the most highly tacit capabilities.
Information Economics and Policy 11, 101‒123.
Card D., 2007. How immigration affects US cities. CReAM Discussion Paper
11/07.
Carabelli A., Hirsch G. and Rabellotti R., 2009, Italian SMEs and Industrial
Districts on the move: where are they going?, European and Planning
Studies, 17, 1, 19-41
Carstensen K. and Toubal F., 2004. Foreign direct investment in Central
and Eastern European countries: a dynamic panel analysis. Journal of
Comparative Economics 32, 3-22.
Casson M. C., 1979. Alternatives to the Multinational Enterprise. London:
Macmillan.
Castellani D. and Giovannetti G., 2010. Productivity and the international
firm: Dissecting heterogeneity. Journal of Economic Policy Reform 13, 25-
42.
Castellani D. and Zanfei A., 2003. Technology gaps, absorptive capacity and
the impact of inward investments on productivity of European firms.
Economics of Innovation and New Technology 12, 555-576.
Page 214
214
Castellani D. and Zanfei A., 2006. Multinational Firms, Innovation and
Productivity. Edward Elgar, Cheltenham, UK – Northampton, MA, USA.
Castellani D. and Zanfei A., 2007. Multinational Companies and Productivity
Spillovers: Is There a Specification Error? Applied Economic Letters 14,
1047-1051.
Coeurdacier N., De Santis R. and Aviat A., 2009. Cross-border mergers and
acquisitions and European integration. Economic Policy 24, 55-106.
Cornett M., Marcus A. and Tehranian H., 2008. Corporate governance and
pay-for-performance: The impact of earnings management. Journal of
Financial Economics 87, 357-373.
Criscuolo C. and Martin R., 2009. Multinationals and US productivity
leadership: Evidence from Great Britain. The Review of Economics and
Statistics 91, 263-281.
Caves R., 1974. Multinational firms, competition, and productivity in host-
country markets. Economica 41, 176-193.
Caves R., 1996. Economic Analysis and the Multinational Corporation (2nd
Ed.). Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, UK.
Chen W., 2011. The effect of investor origin on firm performance: Domestic
and foreign direct investment in the United States. Journal of
International Economics 83, 219-228.
Chen H. and Chen T.J., 1998. Network linkages and location choice in
foreign direct investmen. Journal of International Business Studies 29,
445-467.
Chen M. and Moore M., 2010. Location decision of heterogeneous
multinational firms. Journal of International Economics 80, 188-199.
Cheng S., 2008. Location decision variations of Japanese investors in China.
The Review of Regional Studies 38, 395-415.
Page 215
215
Cheung K. and Lin P., 2004. Spillover effects of FDI on innovation in China:
Evidence from the provincial data. China Economic Review 15, 25-44.
Cieslik, A. and Hagemejer, J., 2009. Assessing the Impact of the EU-
sponsored Trade Liberalization in the MENA Countries, Journal of
Economic Integration 24, 343-368.
Commission of the European Communities, 2004. European Neighbourhood
Policy Strategy Paper. COM(2004) 373 final, Brussels.
COM, 2004. European Neighbourhood Policy Startegy Paper. Commission of
the European Communities.
Cooke W.N., 1997. The influence of industrial relations factors on US foreign
direct investment abroad. Industrial and Labor Relation Review 51, 3-17.
Coughlin C. C., Terza J. V and Arromdee V., 1991. State characteristics and
the location of foreign direct investment within the United States. The
Review of Economics and Statistics 73, 675-683.
Crescenzi R., Gagliardi L. and Percoco M., 2013. Social capital and the
innovative performance of Italian provinces. Environment and Planning A
45, 908-929.
Crescenzi R., Pietrobelli C. and Rabellotti R., 2014. Innovation drivers, value
chains and the geography of multinational corporations in Europe.
Journal of Economic Geography, 14, 1053-1086.
Crescenzi R., Rodríguez-Pose A. and Storper M., 2007. The territorial
dynamics of innovation: a Europe–United States comparative analysis.
Journal of Economic Geography 7, 673–709.
Crespo N. and Fontoura M.P., 2007. Determinant factors of FDI spillovers –
What do we really know? World Development 35 (3), 410-425.
Crespo N., Fontoura M.P. and Proença I., 2009. FDI spillovers at the regional
level: Evidence from Portugal. Papers in Regional Science 88 (3), 591-607.
Page 216
216
Criscuolo C., Haskel J.E. and Slaughter M.J., 2010. Global engagement and
the innovation activities of firms. International Journal of Industrial
Organization 28, 191-202.
Crozet M., Mayer T. and Mucchielli J., 2004. How do firms agglomerate? A
study of FDI in France. Regional Science and Urban Economics 34, 27-54.
Daniele V. and Marani U., 2011. Organized crime, the quality of local
institutions and FDI in Italy: A panel data analysis European Journal of
Political Economy 27, 132–142
Daude, C. and Stein, E., 2007. The quality of institutions and foreign direct
investment. Economics & Politics 19, 317–344.
Defever F., 2006. Functional fragmentation and the location of multinational
firms in the enlarged Europe. Regional Science and Urban Economics 36,
658-677.
Defever, 2012. The spatial organization of multinational firms. Canadian
Journal of Economics 45, 672-697.
Deichman J., Karidis S. and Sayek S., 2003. Foreign direct investment in
Turkey: Regional determinants. Applied Economics 35, 1767-1778.
Devereux M. P. and Griffith R., 1998. Taxes and the location of production:
Evidence from a panel of US multinationals. Journal of Public Economics
68, 335-367.
Devereux M. P., Griffith R. and Simpson H., 2007. Firm location decisions,
regional grants and agglomeration externalities. Journal of Public
Economics 91, 413-435.
Dewenter K. and Malatesta P., 2001. State-owned and privately-owned
firms: An empirical analysis of profitability, leverage and labor intensity.
American Economic Review 91, 320-334.
Page 217
217
Dewit G., Görg H. and Montagna C., 2003. Should I stay or should I go? A
note on employment protection, domestic anchorage, and FDI. IZA
Discussion Paper 845.
Díez F. and Spearot A., 2014. Core competencies, matching and the
structure of foreign direct investment. Canadian Journal of
Economics/Revue canadienne d’économie 47,813-855.
Dicken P., 2007. Global Shift: Mapping the Changing Contours of the World
Economy. Fifth edition, Sage, London.
Djankov S., McLiesh C. and Ramalho R.M., 2006. Regulation and growth.
Economic Letters 92, 395-401.
Disdier A. and Mayer T., 2004. How different is Eastern Europe? Structure
and determinants of location choices by French firms in Eastern and
Western Europe. Journal of Comparative Economics 32, 280-296.
Driffield N., 2006. On the search for spillovers from foreign direct investment
(FDI) with spatial dependency. Regional Studies 40 (1), 107-119.
Du J., Lu Y. and Tao Z., 2008. Economic institutions and FDI location
choice: Evidence from US multinationals in China. Journal of
Comparative Economics 36, 412-429.
Dunford M., 2006. Industrial districts, magic circles, and the restructuring
of the Italian textiles and clothing chain. Economic Geography 82, 27-59.
Dunning J.H., 1977. Trade, location of economic activity. Proceedings of a
Nobel Symposium held at Stockholm, London: McMillan, 395-418.
Dunning J.H., 1980. Toward an eclectic theory of international production:
Some empirical tests. Journal of International Business Studies 11(1), 9-
31.
Dunning J.H., 1988. The eclectic paradigm of international production: in
defence of the eclectic theory. Journal of International Business Studies
19, 1-31.
Page 218
218
Dunning J.H., 2009. Location and the multinational enterprise: John
Dunning’s thoughts on receiving the Journal of International Business
Studies 1008 Decade Award. Journal of International Business Studies
40, 20-34.
Dunning J. and Lundan S., 2008. Multinational Enterprises and the Global
Economy (2nd Ed.). Edward Elgar.
Duranton G., 2006. Human Capital Externalities in Cities: Identifycation
and Policy Issues. In Arnott R. and McMillen D. (Eds.) A companion to
Urban Economics. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing Ltd.
Ekholm K., Forslid R. and Markusen J. R., 2007. Export-platform foreign
direct investment. Journal of the European Economic Association 5, 776-
795.
Erel I. Liao R. and Weisbach M., 2012. Determinants of cross-border
mergers and acquisitions. Journal of Finance 57, 1045-1082.
Ernst D. and Kim L., 2002. Global production networks, knowledge
diffusion, and local capability formation. Research Policy 31, 1417-1429.
European Commission, 2014, Implementation of the European
Neighbourhood Policy in 2013 - Regional report: A Partnership for
Democracy and Shared Prosperity with the Southern Mediterranean
Partners, Joint Staff Working Document, Brussels, 27.3.2014 SWD(2014)
100 final
Fabry N. and Zeghni S., 2002. Foreign direct investment in Russia: How the
investment climate matters. Communist and Post-Communist Studies 35,
289-303.
Faggio G. and Overman H.G., 2012. The effect of public employment on local
labour markets. SERC DP 111.
Page 219
219
Feliciano Z. and Lipsey R., 2015. Foreign entry into US manufacturing by
takeovers and the creation of new firms. Eastern Economic Journal,
doi:10.1057/eej.2015.4.
Fich E., Cai J. and Tran A., 2011. Stock option grants to target CEOs during
private merger negotiations. Journal of Financial Economics 101, 413-
430.
Flowers E. B., 1976. Oligopolistic reactions in European and Canadian
direct investment in the United States. Journal of International Business
Studies 7.
Fosfuri A., Motta M. and Rønde T., 2001. Foreign direct investment and
spillovers through workers’ mobility. Journal of International Economics
53, 205-222.
Foster L., Haltiwanger J. and Syverson C., 2008. Reallocation, firm turnover,
and efficiency: Selection on productivity or profitability?" American
Economic Review 98, 394-425.
Fuller C., 2005. Corporate Repeat Investment and Regional Institutional
Capacity. The Case of After-care Services in Wales. European Urban and
Regional Studies 12, 5–21.
Gagliardi L., 2015. Does Skilled Migration Foster Innovative Performance?
Evidence from British Local Areas. Papers in Regional Science,
forthcoming.
Gal P., 2013. Measuring total factor productivity at the firm level using
OECD-Orbis. OECD Economics Department Working Paper No. 1049.
Giannetti M. and Ongena S., 2012. ‘Lending by example’: Direct and indirect
effects of foreign banks in emerging markets. Journal of International
Economics 86, 167-180.
Glaeser E., Kallal H., Scheinkman J. and Shleifer A., 1992. Growth in cities.
Journal of Political Economy 100,1126-1152.
Page 220
220
Glaeser E.L., Rosenthal S.S. and Strange W.C., 2010. Urban economics and
entrepreneurship. Journal of Urban Economics, 67(1), 1-14.
Glaeser E., Scheinkman J. and Shleifer A., 2003. The injustice of inequality.
Journal of Monetary Economics 50, 199-222.
Glaeser E. and Shleifer A. 2002. Legal origins. Quarterly Journal of
Economics 116, 853-900.
Globerman S., 1979. Foreign direct investment and ‘spillover’ efficiency
benefits in Canadian manufacturing industries. The Canadian Journal of
Economics 12 (1), 42-56.
Globerman S. and Shapiro, D., 2002. Global foreign direct investment flows:
the role of governance infrastructure. World Development 30, 1899–1919.
Goldstein M. and Udry C., 2008. The profits of power: Land rights and
agricultural investment in Ghana. Journal of Political Economy 116, 981-
1022.
Görg H. and Greenaway D., 2004. Much ado about nothing? Do domestic
firms really benefit from foreign direct investment? The World Bank
Research Observer 19 (2), 171-197.
Görg H. and Strobl E., 2005. Spillovers from foreign firms through worker
mobility: An empirical investigation. Scandinavian Journal of Economics
107 (4), 693-709.
Grossman G. and Helpman E., 1991. Trade, knowledge spillovers, and
growth. European Economic Review 35, 517-526.
Grossman G. and Helpman E., 2002. Integration versus outsourcing in
industry equilibrium. Quarterly Journal of Economics 117, 85-120.
Guadalupe M., Kuzmina O. and Thomas C., 2012. Innovation and foreign
ownership. American Economic Review 102, 3594-3627.
Page 221
221
Guimarães P., Figueiredo O. and Woodward D., 2000. Agglomeration and
the location of foreign direct investment in Portugal. Journal of Urban
Economics 47, 115-135.
Guimarães P., Figueiredo O. and Woodward D., 2003. A Tractable Approach
to the Firm Location Decision Problem. The Review of Economics and
Statistics 85, 201-204.
Guimarães P., Figueiredo O. and Woodward D., 2004. Industrial Location
Modeling: Extending the Random Utility Framework. Journal of Regional
Science 44, 1-20.
Hale G. and Long, C., 2006. What determines technological spillovers of
foreign direct investment: Evidence from China. Center Discussion Paper
934, Yale University.
Hall R.E. and Jones C.I., 1999. Why do some countries produce so much
more output per worker than others? Quarterly Journal of Economics
114, 83-116.
Haucap J., Wey C. and Barmbold J.F., 1997. Location choice as a signal for
product quality: The economics of ‘Made in Germany’. Journal of
Institutional and Theoretical Economics 153, 510-531.
Harris R., 2009. Spillover and backward linkage effects of FDI: Empirical
evidence for the UK. Spatial Economics Research Centre (SERC)
Discussion Paper 16.
Harris R., Stewart J., Guilkey D and Carleton W., 1982. Characteristics of
acquired firms: Fixed and random coefficients probit analyses. Southern
Economic Journal 49, 164-184.
Haskel J.E., Pereira S.C. and Slaughter M.J., 2007. Does inward foreign
direct investment boost the productivity of domestic firms? The Review of
Economics and Statistics 89 (3), 482-496.
Page 222
222
Head K. and Mayer T., 2004. Market potential and the location of Japanese
investment in the European Union. Review of Economics and Statistics
86, 959-972.
Head K. and Ries J., 2008. FDI as an outcome of the market for corporate
control: Theory and evidence. Journal of International Economics 74, 2-
20.
Head K., Ries J. and Swenson D., 1995. Agglomeration benefits and location
choice: Evidence from Japanese manufacturing plants. Journal of
International Economics 38 (3-4), 223-247.
Head K., Ries J. and Swenson D., 1999. Attracting foreign manufacturing:
Investment promotion and agglomeration. Regional Science and Urban
Economics 29, 197-218.
Hellman J., 1998. Winners take all: The politics of partial reform in
postcommunist transitions. World Politics 50, 203-234.
Hellman J., Jones G. and Kaufmann D., 2000. Seize the state, seize the day:
state capture, corruption, and influence in transition. World Bank
Working Paper No.2444.
Henisz W. J., 2000. The institutional environment for multinational firms.
The Journal of Law, Economics and Organization 16, 334-364.
Hennart J.F., 1982. A Theory of Multinational Enterprise. Ann Arbor, MI:
University of Michigan Press.
Hilber C. A. and Voicu I., 2010. Agglomeration economics and the location of
foreign direct investment: Empirical Evidence from Romania. Regional
Studies 44, 355-371.
Hisarciklilar M., Kayam S. and Kayalica O., 2006. Locational drivers of FDI
in MENA countries: A spatial attempt. MPRA Working Paper No.2085.
Horn B. and Persson L., 2001. The equilibrium ownership of an
international oligopoly. Journal of International Economics 53, 307-333.
Page 223
223
Huang L., Liu X. and Xu L., 2012. Regional innovation and spillover effects
of foreign direct investment in China: A threshold approach. Regional
Studies 46, 583-596.
Hymer S.H., 1976. The International Operations of National Firms. The
Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press (originally presented as the
author’s thesis, MIT 1960).
Iammarino S. and Marinelli E., 2011. Is the grass greener on the other side
of the fence? Graduate regional mobility and job satisfaction in Italy.
Environment and Planning A 43(11), 2761-2777.
Iammarino S. and McCann P., 2013. Multinationals and Economic
Geography: Location, Technology and Innovation. Edward Elgar,
Cheltenham UK and Northampton (MA) USA.
Iammarino S. and McCann P., (forthcoming 2015). MNE innovation
networks and the role of cities, in D. Archibugi and A. Filippetti (Eds),
The Handbook of Global Science, Technology and Innovation. Wiley-
Blackwell, Oxford.
Jaffe A. B., Trajtenberg M., and Henderson R., 1993. Geographic localization
of knowledge spillovers as evidenced by patent citations. The Quarterly
Journal of Economics 108, 577-598.
Janicki H. and Wunnava P., 2004. Determinants of foreign direct
investment: empirical evidence from EU accession countries candidates.
Applied Economics 36, 505-509.
Javorcik B.S., 2004. Does foreign direct investment increase the productivity
of domestic firms? In search of spillovers through backward linkages.
The American Economic Review 94 (3), 605-627.
Javorcik, B.S. and Spatareanu M., 2005. Do foreign investors care about
labour market regulations? Review of World Economics 141, 375-403.
Page 224
224
Javorcik B.S. and Spatareanu M., 2008. To share or not to share: does local
participation matter for spillovers from foreign direct investment? Journal
of Development Economics 85, 194-217.
Javorcik B.S. and Spatareanu M., 2009. Tough love: do Czech suppliers
learn from their relationships with multinationals? The Scandinavian
Journal of Economics 111 (4), 811-833.
Jovanovic B. and Braguinsky S., 2004. Bidder discounts and target premia
in takeovers. American Economic Review 94, 46-56.
Kaditi E. A. 2013. Foreign Investments and Institutional Convergence in
South-eastern Europe. International Economic Journal. 27, 109-126
Kaplan D., Piedra E. and Seira E., 2011. Entry regulation and business
start-ups: Evidence from Mexico. Journal of Public Economics 95, 1501-
1515.
Kindleberger C.P., 1969. American business abroad. The International
Executive 11, 11–12.
Kleinert J. and Toubal F., 2010. Gravity for FDI. Review of International
Economics 18, 1-13.
Knack S. and Keefer P., 1995. Institutions and economic performance:
Cross-country tests using alternative institutional measures. Economics
and Politics 7, 207-227.
Knickerbrocker F. T., 1973. Oligopolistic Reaction and Multinational
Enterprise. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Kogut B. and Zander U., 1993. Knowledge of the firm and the evolutionary
theory of the multinational corporation. Journal of International Business
Studies 24, 625-645.
Krugman 1980. Scale economies, product differentiation, and the pattern of
trade. American Economic Review 70, 950-959.
Page 225
225
Krugman P., 1991. Geography and Trade. The MIT Press.
LaFountain C., 2005. Where do firms locate? Testing competing models of
agglomeration. Journal of Urban Economics 58, 338-366.
Laursen K. and Masciarelli F., 2007. The Effect of regional Social Capital
and External Knowledge Acquisition on Process and Product Innovation.
ROCK Working Paper 043.
Ledayeva S., 2009. Spatial econometric analysis of foreign direct investment
determinants in Russian regions. The World Economy 32, 643-666.
Lee Y., 2003. Lean production systems, labour unions, and greenfield
locations of the Korean new auto assembly plants and their suppliers.
Economic Geography 79, 321-339.
Liu X., Lovely M. E. and Ondrich J., 2010. The location decisions of foreign
investors in China: Untangling the effect of wages using a control
function approach. The Review of Economics and Statistics 92, 160-166.
Liu X., Parker D., Vaidya K. and Wei Y., 2001. The impact of foreign direct
investment on labour productivity in the Chinese electronics industry.
International Business Review 10, 421-439.
Liu X., Siler P., Wang C. and Wei Y., 2000. Productivity spillovers from
foreign direct investment: Evidence from UK industry level panel data.
Journal of International Business Studies 31, 407-425.
Louri H., Papanastassiou M. and Lanoutirs J., 2000. FDI in the EU
periphery: A multinomial logit analysis of Greek firm strategies. Regional
Studies 34, 419-427.
Luo Y. and Tung R. L., 2007. International expansion of emerging market
enterprises: A springboard perspective. Journal of International Business
Studies 38, 481-498.
Page 226
226
Maffini G., and Mokkas S., 2011. Profit sharing and measured productivity
of multinational firms. Oxford Bulletin of Economic and Statistics 73, 1-
19.
Marcin K., 2008. How does FDI inflow affect productivity of domestic firms?
The role of horizontal and vertical spillovers, absorptive capacity and
competition. The Journal of International Trade & Economic Development
17 (1), 155-173.
Mariotti S., Piscitello L. and Elia S., 2014. Local externalities and ownership
choices in foreign acquisitions by multinational enterprises. Economic
Geography, forthcoming.
Markusen J.R., 2001. Contracts, intellectual property rights, and
multinational investment in developing countries. Journal of International
Economics 53, 189-204.
Markusen J.R. and Venables A.J., 1999. Foreign direct investment as a
catalyst for industrial development. European Economic Review 43, 335-
356.
Mathews J.A., 2002. Competitive advantage of the latecomer firm: a
resource-based account of industrial catch-up strategies. Asia Pacific
Journal of Management 19, 467-488.
Mayer T, Mejean I. and Nefussi B., 2010. The location of domestic and
foreign production affiliates by French multinational firms. Journal of
Urban Economics 68, 115-128.
McCann P. and Acs Z.J., 2009. Globalisation: Countries, cities and
multinationals. Jena Economic Research Papers 042.
McCann P. and Mudambi R., 2005. Analytical differences in the economics
of geography: The case of the multinational firm. Environment and
Planning A 37, 1857-1876.
Page 227
227
McFadden D., 1974. Conditional logit analysis of qualitative choice behavior.
In Zarembka P. (ed.), Frontiers in Econometrics. Academic Press, New
York.
Melitz M., 2003. The Impact of Trade on Intra-Industry Reallocations and
Aggregate Industry Productivity. Econometrica 71, 1695-1725.
Méon, P.-G. and K. Sekkat (2004), ‘Does the Quality of Institutions Limit the
MENA’s Integration in the World Economy?’, The World Economy, 27, 9,
1475–98.
Meyer K., Mudambi R and Narula R., 2011. Multinational enterprises and
local contexts: The opportunities and challenges of multiple
embeddedness. Journal of Management Studies 48, 235-252.
Meyer K. and Sinani E., 2009. When and where does foreign direct
investment generate positive spillovers? A meta-analysis. International
Business Studies 40, 1075-1094.
Mitchell M. and Mulherin H., 1996. The impact of industry shocks on
takeover and restructuring activity. Journal of Financial Economics 41,
193-229.
Mohamed S. E. and Sidiropoulos M. G., 2010. Another look at the
determinants of foreign direct investment in MENA countries: An
empirical investigation. Journal of Economic Development 35, 75-95.
Monastiriotis V. and Alegria R., 2011. Origin of FDI and intra-industry
spillovers. Review of Development Economics 15, 326-339.
Monastiriotis V. and Borrell M., 2013. Origin of FDI and domestic
productivity spillovers: does European FDI have a 'productivity
advantage' in the ENP countries? SEARCH Working Paper WP2.13.
Montalbano, P. and Nenci, S., 2014. Assessing the Trade Impact of the
European Neighbourhood Policy on the EU-Med Free Trade Area, Applied
Economics, Vol. 46, No. 7, 2014.
Page 228
228
Moosa I. A., 2009. The determinants of foreign direct investment in MENA
countries: An extreme bound analysis. Applied Economic Letters 16,
1559-1563.
Moran T., 1999. Foreign direct investment and development: A reassessment
of the evidence and policy implications. OECD Conference on the Role of
International Investment in Development, Corporate Responsibilities and
the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises, Paris, 20-21
September.
Moretti E., 2004. Estimating the Social Return to Higher Education:
Evidence from Longitudinal and Repeated Cross Sectional Data. Journal
of Econometrics 121, 175-212.
Moretti E., 2010. Local Multipliers. American Economic Review Papers and
Proceedings 100 (2), 1-7.
Narula R. and Dunning J., 2000. Industrial development, globalization and
multinational enterprises: New realities for developing countries. Oxford
Development Studies 28, 141-167.
Narula R. and Hagedoorn J., 1999. Innovating through strategic alliances:
Moving towards international partnerships and contractual agreements.
Technovation 19, 283-294.
Neary P., 2007. Cross-border mergers as instruments of comparative
advantage. Review of Economic Studies 74, 1229-1257.
Neary J.P., 2009. Trade costs and foreign direct investment. International
Review of Economics and Finance 18, 207-218.
Nielsen P., 2008 (ed.). International sourcing. Moving business functions
abroad. Statistics Denmark.
Nocke V. and Yeaple S., 2007. Cross-border mergers and acquisitions vs.
greenfield foreign direct investment: The role of firm heterogeneity.
Journal of International Economics 72, 336-365.
Page 229
229
Nocke V. and Yeaple S., 2008. An assignment theory of foreign direct
investment. Review of Economic Studies 75, 529-557.
Noorbakhsh F., Paloni A. and Youssed A., 2001. Human capital and FDI
inflows to developing countries: New empirical evidence. World
Development 29, 1593-1610.
OECD, 2001. Using patent counts for cross-country comparisons of
technology output. STI Review 27, 129–146.
Petrakos G., Kallioras D. and Artelaris P., 2013. The geography of trade
relations between the EU and the ENP countries: Emerging patterns and
policy recommendations. SEARCH Working Paper WP2.07.
Phelps N. A. 1997. Multinationals and European Integration: Trade,
Investment and Regional Development, Jessica Kingsley, London
Phelps N. A., MacKinnon D., Stone I. and Braidford P., 2003. Embedding the
multinationals? Institutions and the development of overseas
manufacturing affiliates in Wales and North East England, Regional
Studies 37, 27–40.
Phelps N. A., Waley P. 2004, Capital Versus the Districts: A Tale of One
Multinational Company's Attempt to Disembed Itself, Economic
Geography 80, 191-215.
Phelps N. A. and Wu F., 2009. Capital’s search for order: Foreign direct
investment in Singapore’s overseas park in Southeast and East Asia.
Political Geography 28, 44-54.
Pinna A. M., 2013. Is the EU the best trade partner for its neighbors?
SEARCH Working Paper WP2.02.
Pogrebnyakov, N and Maitland C.F., 2011. Institutional distance and the
internationalization process: The case of mobile operators, Journal of
International Management 17, 68–82
Page 230
230
Pusterla F. and Resmini L., 2007. Where do foreign firms locate in transition
countries? An empirical investigation. The Annals of Regional Science 41,
835-856.
Qiu L. and Zhou W., 2006. International mergers: Incentives and welfare.
Journal of International Economics 68, 38-58.
Rabbiosi, L., Santangelo, G.D. (2014) When in Rome, do as the Romans do:
Subsidiary autonomy as a response to corruption distance. Academy of
Management Best Paper Proceedings 2014.
Ramondo N., 2009. Foreign plants and industry productivity: Evidence
from Chile. The Scandinavian Journal of Economics 111, 789-809.
Ravenscraft D. and Scherer F., 1989. The profitability of mergers.
International Journal of Industrial Organisation 7, 101-116.
Rauch J. E., 1999. Networks versus markets in international trade. Journal
of International Economics 48, 7-35.
Resmini L., 2000. The determinants of Foreign Direct Investment in the
CEECs: New evidence from sectoral patterns. Economics of Transition
8,665-689.
Rodriguez P., Uhlenbruck K. and Eden L., 2005. Government corruption and
the entry strategies of multinationals. The Academy of Management
Review 30, 383-396.
Rugman A.M., 1981. Inside the Multinationals: The Economics of Internal
Markets. New York: Columbia University Press.
Rugman A. M., 1981. Inside the Multinationals: The Economics of Internal
Markets. New York: Columbia University Press.
Saliola F. and Zanfei A., 2009. Multinational firms, global value chains and
the organization of knowledge transfer. Research Policy 38, 369-381.
Page 231
231
Saggi. K., 2002. Trade, foreign direct investment, and international
technology transfer: A survey. The World Bank Research Observer 17 (2),
191-235.
Schleifer A. and Vishny R. W., 1999. Grabbing hand: Government pathologies
and their cures. Harvard University Press.
Schoors K. and Van der Tol B., 2002. Foreign direct investment spillovers
within and between sectors: Evidence from Hungarian data. Working
Paper 157, University of Gent.
Schmidheiny K. and Brülhart M., 2011. On the equivalence of location
choice models: Conditional logit, nested logit and Poisson. Journal of
Urban Economics 69, 214-222.
Sedgley N. and Elmslie B., (2004). The geographic concentration of
knowledge: scale, agglomeration and congestion in innovation across
U.S. states. International Regional Science Review 27, 111–137.
Sergi B. S., 2004. Understanding the ‘EU factor’: The Balkans regions as
recipient of FDI and industries. South-East Europe Review for Labour and
Social Affairs 4, 7-20.
Silva J.M.C.S and Tenreyro S., 2006. The log of gravity. Review of Economics
and Statistics 88, 641-658.
Sinani E. and Meyer K.E., 2004. Spillovers of technology transfer from FDI:
The case of Estonia. Journal of Comparative Economics 32, 445-466.
Smeets R., 2008. Collecting the pieces of the FDI knowledge spillovers
puzzle. The World Bank Research Observer 23 (2), 107-138.
Sonin K., 2003. Why the rich may favor poor protection of property rights.
Journal of Comparative Economics 31, 715-731.
Spies J., 2010. Network and border effects: Where do foreign multinationals
locate in Germany? Regional Science and Urban Economics 40, 20-32.
Page 232
232
Staiger D. and Stock J.H., 1997. Instrumental variables regression with
weak instruments. Econometrica 65, 557-586.
Stam E., 2007. Why butterflies don’t leave: Location behaviour of
entrepreneurial firms. Economic Geography 83, 27-50.
Stock J.H. and Yogo M., 2005. Testing for weak instruments in linear IV
regression. In J.H. Stock and D.W.K. Andrews (Eds.), Identification and
inference for econometric models: a Festschrift in honour of Thomas
Rothenberg, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
Strauss-Kahn V. and Vives X., 2009. Why and where do headquarters move?
Regional Science and Urban Economics 39, 168-186.
Teece D.J., 1977. Technology transfer by multinational firms: The resource
costs of transferring technological know-how. Economic Journal 87, 242-
261.
Train K., 2003. Discrete choice methods with simulation. Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge.
Uhlenbruck K., 2004. Developing acquired foreign subsidiaries: the
experience of MNEs in transition economies. Journal of International
Business Studies 35, 109-123.
UNCTAD, 2012. World Investment Report 2012. Towards a New Generation of
Investment Policies. New York, United Nations.
Verbeke A., Li L. and Goerzen A., 2009. Toward more effective research on
the multinationality-performance relationship. Management International
Review 49, 149–162.
Vernon R., 1966. The Myth and Reality of our Urban Problems. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Vernon R., 1979. Storm over the Multinationals: The Real Issues. London:
Macmillan.
Page 233
233
Verspagen B. and Schoenmakers W., 2000. The spatial dimension of
knowledge spillovers in Europe: evidence from firm patenting data.
MERIT, Maastricht Economic Research Institute on Innovation and
Technology.
Voget J., 2011. Relocation of headquarters and international taxation.
Journal of Public Economics 95, 1067-1081.
Wang, J. and Blomström M., 1992. Foreign investment and technology
transfer: A simple model. European Economic Review 36, 137-155.
Wei S., 2000. How taxing is corruption on international investors? Review of
Economics and Statistics 82, 1-11.
Wesselink E. and Boschma R., 2012. Overview of the European
Neighbourhood Policy: Its history, structure and implemented policy
measures. SEARCH Working Paper WP1/04, January.
Wheeler D. and Mody A., 1992. International investment location decisions:
The case of US firms. Journal of International Economics 33, 57-76.
WTO, 1996. Foreign Direct Investment Seen as Primary Motor of
Globalization, says WTO Director-General, WTO Press Release 42, 13
February.
Wu X., 2000. Foreign Direct Investment, Intellectual Property Rights, and
Wage Inequality in China. China Economic Review 11, 361-38
Yu C-M.J. and Ito K., 1988. Oligopolistic reaction and foreign direct
investment: The case of the US tire and textiles industries. Journal of
International Business Studies 19, 449-460.
Zvirgzde D., Schiller D. and Revilla-Diez J., 2013. Location choice of
multinational companies in Ukraine. SEARCH Working Paper 2.14.